Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
9th Station
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE & MAINTENANCE OPERATION OPERATION & MAINTENANCE & MAINTENANCE OPERATION OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE OPERATION & OPERATION & MAINTENANCE N © H „} (<71......M Smith&Loveless,Inc. • Form No. 04-06-09 Page 1 of 3 CUSTOM SERIES AND LARGE LIFT STATIONS CONSTANT SPEED & VARIABLE FREQUENCY MAINTENANCE MANUAL INDEX Effective Description Identification Number Date [X] Warranty [X] Bulletin [X] Engineering Order 07-7991 [X] Wiring Diagram(s) See Engrg. Order [X] Station Submittal Drwg. D07-7991-1 [X] Installation Instructions Pp. 1 - 6 [X] Brush Application for "Versapox" [X] Instructions for Initial Operation Pp. 1 - 3 [X] Maintenance & Operating Instructions pp. 1 - 3 [X] Instructions for Replacing 0-Rings on S&L Check Valves 12-16-57 [ ] S&L Check Valves Bulletin [ ] S&L Pump Bulletin [ ] Saf-T-Climb Bulletin STC 10M 1-81 S&L Pump Outline Drawings 410 [X] 4B2, 4B2A, 4C2, 4C2A Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D11 Rev. L [ ) 4B3, 4C3, 4D3 Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D12 Rev. L [ ] 4B4A, 4C4A, 4D4A Pumps Wastewater Ramps, 61D32 Rev. J [ ] 6B3, 6C3, 6D3 Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D13 Rev. J [ ] 6B3A, 6C3A, 6D3A Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D47 Rev. F [ ] 6B3C, 6C3C & 6D3C Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D64 Rev. D [ ] 6B4C, 6C4C & 6D4C Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D38 Rev. G [ ] 8B4A, 8C4A & 8D4A Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D16 Rev. K [ ] 8B4B, 8C4B & 8D4B Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D37 Rev. G [ ] 8B4C, 8C4C & 8D4C Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D54 Rev. E [ ] 8C5A & 8D5A Pumps Wastewater Puffs, 61D36 Rev. G [ ] 1005A & 10D5A Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D36 Rev. G [ ] 10D6 Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D29 Rev. D [ ] 12D5 Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D51 Rev. B [X] Replacing Mechanical Seal on S&L Pumps Wastewater Pumps [X] Shaft Seal Assembly (B Shaft) Wastewater Pumps, 61D2 Rev. S [ ] Shaft Seal Assembly (C Shaft) Wastewater Pumps, 61D5 Rev. S [ ] Shaft Seal Assembly (D Shaft), Wastewater Pumps, 61D10 Rev. K S&i, Pump Assembly Drawings [X] 4B2 & 4B2A Pumps 61D1 Rev. J [ ] 4C2 & 4C2A Pumps 61D17 Rev. C [ ] 483 Pumps 61D3 Rev. J 4, [ ] 4C3 Pumps 61D4 Rev. G [ ] 4D3 Pumps 61D15 Rev. R • Form No. 04-06-09 Page 2 of 3 CUSTOM SERIES AND LARGE LIFT STATIONS CONSTANT SPEED & VARIABLE FREQUENCY MAINTENANCE MANUAL INDEX Effective Description Identification Number Date [ ] 4B4A, 4C4A & 4D4A Pumps 611)31 [ ] 4C5 & 4D5 Pumps 61D69 [ ] 6B3 Pumps 611)6 [ ] 6C3 Pumps 61D7 [ ] 6D3 Pumps 61014 [ ] 6B3A Pumps 611)43 [ ] 6C3A Pumps 61044 [ ] 6D3A Pumps 611)45 [ ] 6B3C Pumps 61D65 [ ] 6C3C Pumps 611)66 [ ] 6D3C Puffs 61067 [ ] 6B4C Pumps 611)46 [ ] 6C4C Pumps - 61D39 [ ] 6D4C Pumps - 611)40 • [ ] 8B4A Pumps 611)22 [ ] 8C4A Pumps 61D23 [ ] 8D4A Pumps 611)24 [ ] 8B4B Pumps 61053 [ ] 8C4B Pumps 61049 [ ] 8D4B Pumps 611)50 [ ] 8B4C Pumps 61063 [ ] 8C4C Pumps 611)55 [ ] 8D4C Pumps 611)56 [ ] 8C5A Pumps 61034 [ ] 8D5A Puffs 61D33 [ ] 1005A Pumps 61D41 [ ] 10D5A Pumps • 61D42 [ ] 101)6 Pumps 61028 [ ] 12D5 Pumps 61D52 [X] Seal Filter 1L371 05-75, [X] Motor Maintenance Instructions Pp. 1 - 2 [X] Sump Pump 8L1 [X] Parts List - Sump Pump 8L1 SVC-150 02-81 [ ] Sump Pump 8L45 [ ] Manual - Sump Pump 8L45 EP 332-84-2000 1984 [ ] Sump Pump 8L43 625-01732 01-83 [X] Air Compressor S&L 9L25, Shts. 1,2&3 04-80 [ ] Air Compressor 9L34 636167 (Thomas) 06-82 [ ] Air Compressor 9L35A 636262 (Thomas) 11-81 [ ] Air Compressor 9L36A 636427 (Thomas) 11-79 [ l Air Compressor 9L36B 636429 (Thomas) 10-81 [Xl Blower 7L277, 7L240 & 7L297 [ ] Blower [X] Dehumidifier [X] Receiving & Storage Instructions RSI-PS Form No. 04-06-09 1111 Page 3 of 3 CUSTOM SERIES AND LARGE LIFT STATIONS CONSTANT SPEED & VARIABLE FREQUENCY MAINTENANCE MANUAL INDEX Effective Description Identification Number Date [ ] Maintenance Lift Outline Drawing [ ] Maintenance Lift Maintenance [ ] Gleason Cord Reel - Parts List Bulletin 169 11-60 [ ] Variable Frequency Manual Louis Allis [X] Pump Performance Curve 4B2A, 7-1/2 HP, 1760 RPM [ ] Air Conditioning Inst. - Oper. Maint. Special Information and/or Bulletins Number of Copies 6 • • 411/ 28L43 N86-41 5/86 MIZSZISIZI72324322=ZISIZIZIZIZIZIZIM 1 • N ii„,,,,,,.... WarruqyCettificate U NSMITH & LOVELESS, INC., Lenexa, Kansas, manufacturer of the Factory Built Pump 2 Station guarantees it to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of nup to one year commencing at the time the pump station is placed in operation by SMITH & LOVELESS-authorized personnel, but in no event is the pump station guaranteed for n longer than 18 months from the date of shipment. This guarantee is contingent upon start-up of the pump station by SMITH & LOVELESS-authorized personnel, and the guarantee will nbe voided if start-up is performed by anyone else. nSMITH & LOVELESS will be the single source of responsibility to the owner for the guaran- tee of the pump station and all its components provided by SMITH & LOVELESS. ^V During the guarantee period, if any part is defective or fails to perform as specified when n operating at design conditions and if the pump station has been protected prior to start-up and has been installed and is being operated and maintained in accordance with the written instructions provided by SMITH & LOVELESS, SMITH & LOVELESS will repair or exchange at our discretion such defective part free of charge. Defective parts must be returned by the owner postage paid to SMITH & LOVELESS, if so requested. When covered by the above guarantee, SMITH & LOVELESS will provide, without cost to the owner, such labor as may be required to replace, repair or modify the following, but N no other, major components: the steel structure, principal pumps, pump motors, suction • and discharge piping and valve assembly. Except for labor provided by SMITH & LOVELESS N under the preceding sentence, the cost of labor and any other expenses resulting from replacement of defective parts and from installation of parts furnished under this warranty shall be borne by the owner. nSMITH & LOVELESS will not assume responsibility for the cost of any repairs or alterations a n made to the pump station structure or its components unless SMITH & LOVELESS has given specific written authority therefor. nnThe replacement or repair of parts normally consumed in service, such as pump seals, light bulbs, oil, grease, etc., are considered as part of routine maintenance and upkeep and such parts are not eligible for repair or exchange free of charge under this warranty. n SMITH & LOVELESS makes no other warranty expressed or implied and SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THE n FACTORY BUILT PUMP STATION OR AS TO ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SMITH & LOVELESS is not responsible for consequential or incidental damages G of any nature resulting from such things as, but not limited to, defects in design, material, workmanship, or delays in delivery, replacements, or repairs. igilliti ray nSmith&Loveless,Inc. 1 • n 2 P.C. 05,06,07,08,09,10,11,12,13,14,15162526 2 Ni, ., , seseseseseseseszseseszseseseszseSzSZ= Form No.04-06-173(4/85) y— IIIPUMP STATIONS Smith & Loveless Page 1 of 2 Product Codes: 07, 08, 09, 10, 11, 12, 13, 17, 18 PARTS LIST * [1 F60A119A Complete' Seal, 1-7/8" * [] F60A120A Complete Seal, 2-1/8" * [] F60A121A Complete Seal, 3" * [] 60A26 Volute Gasket * [] 60A28 Volute Gasket * [] 60A28 & 29 Volute Gasket * [] 60A110 Seal Housing Gasket far 1-7/$" * [] 60A111 Seal Housing Gasket for 2-1/8" * [] 60A112 Seal Housing Gasket for 3" * [] 1L371E Filter Element 4L187 Alternator 5L161 Socket Base for 4L187 4L343A Bubbler Timer 4L200D Pressure Switch 9L25 Bubbler Compressor (two per station) 7L277 Vent Blower 410 4L14A Contact Block 4L108A Auxiliary Relay 4L342 Blower 15 Min. Timer (replaces 4L41A) 11L119AA Lock Cylinder Only * 11L119AD Station Key * [] 60Al2 Impeller Bolt, "B" and "C" Shaft * [] 60A87 Impeller Bolt, "D" Shaft [] 60A20 Impeller Washer, "B" and "C" Shaft [] 60A86 Impeller Washer, "D" Shaft 1L186A Snubber 1L142AA 1/4" Natural Tubing 1L142CA 1/2" Natural Tubing 1L142BB 3/8" Green Tubing [] 8L1 Sump Pump * [] 8L1-C Sump Pump Switch Assembly [] 8L9 Sump Pump * [] 8L9-D Sump Pump Switch Assembly [] 8L43 Sump Pump 12L104A Versapox, Dark Green (qt. ) 12L109A Versapox, Light Green (qt. ) 12L105A Catalyst (qt. ) i PUMP STATIONS Smith & Loveless Page 2 of 2 Product Codes: 07, 08, 09, 10, 11, 12,13, 17, 18 PARTS LIST [1 2L34A Spring Loaded Check Valve, 4x4, S&L [1 2L35A Spring Loaded Check Valve, 4x6, S&L 55A9 Flapper 4" 55A23 Arm 55A11 Seat 4" 55B25 Shaft * 55A20 Gasket * 11L4C "0" Ring * 11L85C Roll Pin [1 2L35B Spring Loaded Check Valve, 4x8, S&L [1 2L35D Spring Loaded Check Valve, 6x8, S&L 55A16 Flapper 6" 55A25 Arm 55A17 Seat 6" 55B26 Shaft 1111 * 55A24 Gasket * 11L4F "0" Ring * 11L85D Roll Pin ;;;//4gel/ A/ t Al *Suggested Spare Parts 4111 Form No. 04-14-75 (Rev. 8/85) PUMP STATION ENGINEERING ORDER CUSTOM SERIES LOCATION Oak Park Heights, MN STATION SERIAL NO. 07-7991-G OWNER C. W. Houle Landscaping, Inc. ENGINEER Bonestroo Rosene Anderlik & Assoc 1. Station Size Custom Series (Dia. ) 7'-0" Height 8'-6" Inside Height Sump Pump Part No. 8L1 2. Suction Piping (P.E. ) (D.I. ) Pump 1 6" Pump 2 6" Pump 3 Pump 4 3. Suction (Gate) Valve Pump 1 6" Pump 2 6" Pump 3 Pump 4 4. Pump Discharge (Gate) Valve Pump 1 6" Pump 2 6" Pump 3 Pump 4 5. Common Discharge Outlet (P.E. ) (D.I. ) Size 6" 6. Entrance Tube 36" Dia. x 13'-6" Long 7. Main Conduit Size 1-1/2" Aux. Conduit 3/4", 1/2" (Describe) For future telemetry lines, and Alarms Blower Part No. 7L277 8. Electrical Service System Data: 3 Phase 60 Cycle 240 Volts 4 Wire 9. 110V Single Phase Current available KVA Trans. Req'd V to 120 VAC 10. Depth of Bury Ground Elevation to Base Pad 20 ' - 6 " Base Reinforcing Package (Yes). PUMP & MOTOR DATA PUMP DATA PUMP 1 PUMP 2 PUMP 3 PUMP 4 Design Characteristics (GPM tit TDH) 200 a 65' 200 ® 65' Pump Model 4B2A 4B2A Impeller Diameter 8-3/8" 8-3/8" Rotation (CW) (CCW) CW CCW S&L Mech. Seal-Filter Ass'y (Size) 1-7/8" 1-7/8" Pump Serial Number no 2/ 1176 % 71177 MOTOR DATA (INVENTORY CODE) Horsepower 7-1/2 7-1/2 R.P.M. 1760 1760 Phase/Cycle/Volts 3/60/230 3/60/230 Motor Serial No. (Code Ltr.) Squirrel Cage (SC) or Wound Rotor (WR) SC SC Special Modifications • Across-The-Line (AL) or Part Winding (PW) Start AL AL CONTROL PANEL DATA TYPE NEMA' 1 WIRING DIAGRAM NO. C07-7991-30 MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT PUMP 1 PUMP 2 PUMP 3 PUMP 4 Circuit Breaker - Trip Rating - Amps 50 4L202H 4L202H Magnetic Starter - Nema Size 1 4L330BB 4L330BB 4111 O.L. Coil No. FH AUXILIARY BLOWER SUMP AIR OOMPRESSORS CIRCUIT BREAKERS LIGHTS DEHUNIIDIFIER PUMP & CONTROL TRANSI LER Trip Rating-Amps 15 20 15 15 4111 Serial No. 07-7991-G PUMP STATION ENGINEERING ORDER (PAGE 2 OF 3 ) S&L BUBBLER CONTROL SYSTEM LOW HIGH HIGH H2O PRESSURE SWITCH SETTINGS LEVEL LEVET, (L&R) ALARM P. S. S&L Part No. 4L200D 4L200D 4L200D High Level Actuation (Feet) 3.5 4.0 4.5 Low Level Actuation (Feet) 2.0 1.5 `2.5 OTHER CONTROL & AUXILIARY APPARATUS: (The following equipment is standard equipment on all Smith & Loveless Pump Stations. It is listed here for the engineers and customers information only. Any deviations shall be listed in space provided below). Automatic Alternator Plastic "Level-Set" Indicator Tube Air Compressors Magnesium Anodes (2 provided) S&L Air Flow Indicator Spare Volute Gaskets Nema 3 Wire 1 Phase Duplex Receptacle Spare Pump Filter Cone S&L Damtite Seal (Spare) Touch-Up Kit (Paint-Brushes) Dehumidifier Blower Timer SPECIAL MODIFICATIONS - ADDITIONS - AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT 1. Provide the following alarm relays: Station flooding by means of a float switch and pump failure. (All alarms are to provide local and remote indication) . Remote alarm contacts to be N.C. 2. Provide an 115 VAC alarm light. 3. Provide a discharge pressure gauge for each pump. Gauges shall be41/2"diameter, glycerin filled, Bourdon tube type with S.S. case, bayonet ring, movement and h" bottom connection. Lense shall be laminated safety glass. Gauge calibrated in PSI and feet of water. 4. Provide a wet well level diaphragm gauge with a 3-1/2" dial calibrated in 0"-100" of water. • 5. Provide running time meters for each pump. 6. Provide a std. duplex direct air bubbler system. 7. Provide CL 53 D.I. piping. 8. Provide lamicoid nameplates. ' 9. Provide ladder safety cable device with retractable top section with a crank and screw device for adjusting cable tension, steel aircraft cable, bottom bracket S.S. safety clamp and nylon web safety belt. 4111 10. Provide a Time Mark Model #A-258B or Allen Bradley 813S phase monitor relay with an indicator light mounted on the control panel door to show when phase monitor has operated to shut down pump. SPECIAL MATERIALS Location: Oak Park, MN Serial No. 07-7991-G Page No. 3 of 3 11. Provide power factor correction capacitors on the load side of each pump motor starter, but proceeding the meter overload elements Capacitors shall be self-healing type with internal protection against case rupture and shall not contain any PCBA type oils. Indicating lights shall be provided in each enclosure to show status of each fuse. Capacitors sized to correct motor power factor to 95%. 12. Provide a wet well simulating valve. 13. Provide time delay relay to prevent simultaneous starting of pump motors after power failure. 14. Provide called for (amber), run (green), and failure (red) indicating lights for each pump. 15. Provide a labeled indicating light for each alarm condition on the control panel. 16. Provide a push-to-test device to activate all indicating lights and the common external alarm light. III17. Provide automatic lid switch for lights and blower. 18. Provide 3rd. perpendicular basebeam. 19. Provide (2) spare impellers trimmed to present design conditions. 20. Provide duplex GFI receptacle on control panel (in lieu of standard). 21. Provide a spare seal, filtercone, and volute gaskets for each pump. (2 sets of spare parts) . 22. Loss of air in bubbler system alarm is required for local and remote indication. SALES ENGINEERING Maintenance Manual Qty. COMPANION JOB SERIAL NOS. PREPARED BY DATE Rep 1 4111 Job File 0 CM 7-31-87 Contractor 5 Form No. 04-06-82 (Rev. 11/83) MOTOR PROTECTORS 3 PHASE VOLTAGE MONITORS • PLMU Series (3 Phase Voltage Monitors with Automatic Voltage Range Selection) Protects Against: ❑ Phase Loss ❑ Overvoltage 10),woo ❑ Phase Reversal ❑ Undervoltage 3. ❑ Unbalanced Voltages ❑ Octal Plug-in with SPDT Isolated 10 Amp Contacts ba ❑ Operates from 200 to 480 VAC ❑ LED Indicator Glows Green when Voltages are f Acceptable, Red for Faults /` I ❑ Simple 3 Wire Connection for Delta or Wye Systems ❑ ASME A17.1 rule 210.6; NEMA MG1 14:30, 14:35; . � . IEEE 587-1980 Level B; ANSI Device#27/47/59 ❑ Pending - UL File E57310, CSA File LR57415 DESCRIPTION The PLMU Series of octal plug-in, three phase voltage monitors continuously measures the voltage of each of the three phases. The PLMU Series uses a new microcomputer circuit design that senses under and overvoltage, voltage unbalance, phase loss,and phase reversal. Protection is provided even when regenerated voltages are present.The PLMU is fully adjustable or can be ordered factory fixed (see Ordering Information). The nominal input voltage is selected with the knob, the voltage range is automatically selected by the microcomputer (50Hz=240 & 380VAC, 60Hz=240 & 480VAC). The LED indicator glows green when all voltages are acceptable, red when a fault is sensed. Both Delta and Wye systems can be monitored; no connection to neutral is required. SPECIFICATIONS Et). Line Voltage 3. Phase Reversal and Phase Loss 1.1 Type:Three phase Delta or Wye with no 3.1 Response Time: 150 milliseconds maximum connection to neutral 3.2 Phase Loss: >_15% unbalance 1.2 Input Voltage: 3.3 Reset:Automatic 200 to 480VAC+/-15% 50/60 Hertz+/-2Hz 4. Output 1.3 Adjustable Voltage Ranges (Automatic Range 4.1 Type: Electromechanical relay, energized when all Selection): conditions are acceptable 200 to 240VAC 50&60 Hertz 4.2 Form: Single pole double throw(SPDT) 340 to 420VAC 50 Hertz 4.3 Rating: 10 amperes resistive @ 240VAC; 1/4 hp 400 to 480VAC 60 Hertz @125VAC, 1/3 hp @ 250VAC 1.4 Phase Sequence:ABC 4.4 Life Mechanical- 1,000,000 operations 2. Overvoltage, Undervoltage and Voltage Unbalance Electrical- 100,000 operations 2.1 Type: Voltage detection with delayed trip and 5. Protection automatic reset 5.1 Transient Protected to IEEE 587 Level B 2.2 Overvoltage and Undervoltage CAUTION: 2 amp max. fast acting fuses should be a. Undervoltage Trip Point: 88 to 92%of installed externally in series with each line input. adjusted nominal line voltage 5.2 Dielectric: 2500 Volts RMS minimum between input b. Reset Voltage: +2%of trip voltage c. Overvoltage Trip Point: 109 to 113%of and outputterminals. adjusted nominal line voltage 6. Mechanical d. Reset Voltage: -2%of trip voltage 6.1 Mounting: 8 pin octal base 2.3 Voltage Unbalance Between Phases CAUTION: Select an octal socket rated for 600VAC operation. 6.2 Termination:Trip Unbalance: adjustable from 2 to 10%of Termination: Octal relay type pins average line voltage or factory fixed 4 to 10% 7. Environmental b. Reset on Balance (%of average line voltage): 7.1 Operating Temperature: -40°C to+60°C Selected Unbalance% 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 7.2 Storage Temperature: -40°C to+85°C Reset% 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.4 6.3 7.2 8.1 9 2.4 Trip Delay See Accessories for: Fuses, Sockets, 111) a. Range: adjustable from 0.25 to 30 seconds Panel Mounting Kit, and Hold Down Clips or factory fixed 2 to 30 seconds+/-15% see Ordering Information) b. Severe Unbalance: 2X Selected Unbalance Range: 0.25 to 2 secs.; if trip delay is less than 2 secs., the trip delay is used. SSA PO Box 1000, Baldwinsville, NY 13027 Application Assistance 800-377-SSAC (7722) n Internet Address http://www.ssac.com Phone (315) 638 1300 Fax (315) 638 0333 P1001-568 CONNECTION OPERATION Upon application of power, a 0.6 second random start delays i begins. During this delay, the PLMU measures the voltaga levels and line frequency in order to properly auto-select the FUSES operating voltage range.The output relay is energized and 3T 4T 5T the LED glows green when all voltages are acceptable and 2 AMP the phase sequence is correct. The LED flashes green OA OB 0C during the trip delay, then glows red when the output de- FAST ACTING 8 NO FUSES energizes. Undervoltage, overvoltage, and voltage FT 2 NC unbalance must be sensed for continuous trip delay period before the relay is de-energized. The trip delay will 1 C automatically adjust for optimum protection in response to — I the severity of the voltage unbalance (see Specification 2.4b). Re-energization is automatic upon correction of the fault condition. The output relay will not energize if a fault condition is sensed as three phase input voltage is applied. The nominal line voltage is selected with the knob; this adjµistment sets the over and undervoltage trip points.The voltage range is automatically selected by the micro- computer when voltage is applied. MECHANICAL 20 VOLTAGE 210 380 230 MONITOR azo 440 400 E - 200-240 50/60 Hz 200 ® 240 L 340-420 60Hz 340 420 - = - (-0 O .. 400-480 60Hz 400 480 i riC O 2.39 6 I O O (60.7) .00 / _ 4 ® 8 / PERCENT E _ UNBALANCE 2 10 15 10 20 3.03 -HO. 1.78 _ TRIP (77.0) (45.2) GRN DELAYLED 5 ® 25 MAX. GRN OK � .25 30 -RED FAULT TRIP DELAY All dimensions in inches(millimeters) -107 �T Faceplate View ORDERING INFORMATION. Select One From Each Column Bold Items Are Included In Part Number Series Voltage Unbalance In Percent Trip Delay In Seconds PLMU 1-Adjustable 2 to 10 1-Adjustable 0.25 to 30 Fixed specify the unbalance Fixed, specify the unbalance 4,5,6,7,8,9, or 10% 2 to 30 Delays above one second in one second increments Example Part Numbers: PLMU11 is a fully adjustable voltage monitor for 200 to 480VAC operation. S PLMU42 is fixed at 4% unbalance and a 2 second trip delay. In Stock Part Number: PLMU11 PO Box 1000, Baldwinsville, NY 13027 Application Assistance 800-377-SSAC (7722) ■,SACS Internet Address http://www.ssac.com Phone (315) 638-1300 Fax (315) 638-0333 0 1r,fri[t_m___ 1 I[i9IHII Custom Series Pump Station o ]AA Installation Instructions Page 1 August,1984 SSmith& " 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. Loveless,Inc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 TYPICAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FACTORY-BUILT SEWAGE PUMPING STATIONS Your Smith & Loveless pump station is a complete factory: The-following tables are for your convenience in selecting the built unit, including all equipment ready to operate. It has proper switch, fuse, conduit and wire sizes for the electrical been thoroughly tested at the factory by actual operation on service to the station. However, selections should be verified our test floor. Every item of mechanical and electrical equip- by a local regulatory authority before installation of the station. ment has been operated and found free of defects. Minimum installation expense can be realized by reading care- fully these installation instructions before performing any work. Installation of a Smith & Loveless pump station is very simple. However, it is highly important that this station be installed properly because certain errors that could be made can be corrected only at a very considerable, almost prohibi- tive expense. ELECTRICAL POWER Q q 5 6o Lack of electrical services can create long delays in completing an installation.Therefore,it is advisable to notify the electrical contractor and/or the local power company,well in advance of .1 , the actual installation, of the requirements for the electrical service. IIP ELECTRICAL SERVICE REQUIREMENTS The station requires a power supply for the pumps and a 120- volt AC single-phase, 60 cycle supply at 40 amperes for lights, ( / controls and auxiliaries. i 7 ' ( ,._.__ (' A weatherproof fused disconnect switch must be provided for the pump power service and a separate weatherproof fused / 1,—.-' -»- disconnect switch for the single-phase service except where 3-phase,4-wire 120-volt phase to ground service is provided,or the station is supplied with a single-phase transformer for the auxiliary supply. Where a single-phase transformer or 1-phase leg of a 3-phase, 4-wire service is used for the auxiliary single-phase potential, the fuse and wire size of that phase leg should be checked and increased to compensate for the auxiliary load,if necessary. SYSTEM GROUND The system must be ground at the service entrance switch in accordance with the National Electrical Code and/or any local codes, and a suitable ground conductor carried to the ground connect in the pump station control panel. A conduit or direct burial cable installed in accordance with the National Electrical Code and/or local codes must be supplied • from the disconnect switch, or switches,to the connection on the station entrance tube.Wire of adequate size and insulation must be supplied from the fused disconnect switch to the sol- derless connectors in the control panel. Custom Series Pump Station Installation Instructions Page 2 TWO PUMP STATION July,1980 PUMP 20$VOLTS MOTOR FUSIBLE FUSIBLE COPPER ALUMINUM FUSE HORSE LOAD ENTRANCE AMPS WIRE CONDUIT WIRE CONDUIT POWER AMPS SWITCH SIZE SIZE SIZE SIZE 1 9 30 10 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 1-1/2 13 30 15 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 2 17 30 20 12 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 3 24 30 25 10 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 5 38 60 40 8 1-1/4 8 1-1/4 7-1/2 55 60 60 6 1-1/4 4 1-1/4 10 70 100 70 4 1-1/4 3 1-1/2 15 104 200 110 2 1-1/2 1/0 2 20 134 200 150 1/0 2 3/0 2 25 169 200 175 2/0 2 4/0 2-1/2 30 198 _ 200 200 3/0 _ 2 250 MCM 2-1/2 40 258 400 300 2-1/0 Per 0 2-1/2 2-3/0 Per 0 3 50 321 400 350 2-2/0 Per 0 3 2-4/0 Per 0 3-1/2 60 381 400 400 2-3/0 Per 0 3 2-250 MCM Per q5 3-1/2 TWO PUMP STATION PUMP 230[VOLTS MOTOR FUSIBLE FUSIBLE FUSE COPPER ALUMINUM HORSE LOAD ENTRANCE AMPS WIRE CONDUIT WIRE CONDUIT ill POWER AMPS SWITCH SIZE SIZE SIZE SIZE 1 9 30 10 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 1-1/2 12 30 15 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 2 16 30 20 12 1 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 3 22 30 25 10 1 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 5 35 60 35 8 1-1/4 8 1-1/4 7-1/2 50 60 50 6 1-1/4 6 1-1/4 10 63 100 70 4 1-1/4 3 1-1/2 15 95 100 100 3 1-1/2 1 1-1/2 20 122 200 125 1 1-1/2 2/0 2 25 153 200 175 2/0 2 4/0 2-1/2 30 180 200 200 3/0 I 2 250 MCM 2-1/2 40 234 400 250 250 MCM 2-1/2 2-2/0 Per 0 3 1 l 50 293 400 300 2-1/0 Pere 2-1/2 2-3/0 Per 0 3 60 347 400 350 2-2/0 Perp 3 2-4/0 Per 3-1/2 • Custom Ser.es Pump Station Installation Instructions TWO PUMP STATION Page 3 July,1980 _ _ • PUMP 460 VOLTS MOTOR FUSIBLE FUSIBLE COPPER ALUMINUM ENTRANCE HORSE LOAD AMPS WIRE CONDUIT WIRE I CONDUIT POWER AMPS SWITCH SIZE SIZE SIZE SIZE 1 5 30 5 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 1-1/2 6 30 6 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 2 8 30 8 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 3 11 30 12 14 1-114 17 1-1/4 5 18 30 20 12 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 7-1/2 25 30 25 10 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 10 32 60 35 8 1-1/4 8 1-1/4 15 48 60 50 6 1-1/4 6 1-1 '4 1 20 61 100 7C 4 1-1/4 3 1-1/2 25 77 100 80 4 1-1/4 2 1-1/2 30 90 100 90 3 1-1/2 2 1-1/2 1 40 117 200 125 1 1-1/2 2/0 2 50 147 200 150 1/0 2 3/0 2 60 174 200 175 2/0 2 4/0 2-1/2 75 216 400 225 4/0 .. 2-1/2 2-1/0 Per 0 2-1/2 100 279 400 300 2-1/0 Per 0 3 2-3/0 Per 0 3 THREE PUMP STATION • I PUMP 208 VOLTS MOTOR FUSIBLE FUSIBLE FUSE COPPER ALUMINUM HORSE LOAD ENTRANCE AMPS WIRE CONDUIT WIRE CONDUIT POWER AMPS SWITCH SIZE SIZE SIZE, SIZE 1 13 30 15 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 1-1/2 19 30 20 12 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 2 25 30 25 10 1-1/4 8 1-1/4 3 35 60 35 8 1-1/4 8 1-1/4 5 55 60 55 6 1-1/4 6 1-1/4 7-1/2 79 100 80 4 1-1/4 2 1-1/2 10 100 100 100 3 1-1/2 1 1-1/2 15 150 200 150 1/0 2 3/0 2 20 194 200 200 3/0 2 250 MCM 2-1/2 25 244 400 250 250 MCM 2-1/2 2-2/0 Per 0 3 30 286 400 300 2-1/0 Per 0 2-1/2 2-3/0 Per 0 3 40 372 400 400 2-3/0 Per 0 3 2-250 MCM Per 0 3-1/2 50 465 600 500 2-250 MCM Per 0 3-1/2 2-350 MCM Per 0 4 60 550 600 55 2-300 MCM Per 0 4 2-500 MCM Per 0 5 • . 1 Custom Series Pump Station Installation Instructions Page 4 July,1980 THREE PUMP STATION PUMP 230 VOLTS • MOTOR FUSIBLE FUSIBLE FUSE COPPER ALUMINUM HORSE LOAD ENTRANCE AMPS WIRE CONDUIT WIRE CONDUIT POWER AMPS SWITCH SIZE SIZE SIZE SIZE 1 12 30 12 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 1-1/2 17 30 20 12 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 2 23 30 25 10 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 3 32 60 35 8 1-1/4 8 1-1/4 5 50 60 50 6 1-1/4 6 1-1/4 7-1/2 72 100 80 4 1-1/2 2 1-1/2 10 91 100 100 3 1-1/2 1 1-1/2 15 137 200 150 1/0 1-1/2 3/0 2 20 176 200 200 3/0 2 250 MCM 2-1/2 25 221 400 225 4/0 2-1/2 2-1/0 Per 0 2-1/2 30 260 400 300 2-1/0 Per0 2-1/2 2-3/0 Per 0 3 40 338 400 350 2-2/0 Per 0 3 2-4/0 Per 0 3-1/2 50 423 600 450 2-4/0 Per0 3-1/2 2-300 MCM Per 0 4 60 500 600 500 2-250 MCM Oer 0 3-1/2 2-350 MCM Per 0 4 THREE PUMP STATION PUMP 460 VOLTS MOTOR FUSIBLE FUSIBLE FUSE COPPER ALUMINUM HORSE LOAD ENTRANCE AMPS WIRE CONDUIT WIRE CONDUIT POWER AMPS SWITCH SIZE SIZE SIZE SIZE 1 6 30 7 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 III 1-1/2 9 30 10 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 2 12 30 12 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 3 16 30 20 12 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 5 25 30 25 10 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 7-1/2 36 60 40 8 1-1/4 8 1-1/4 10 46 60 50 6 1-1/4 6 1-1/4 15 69 100 70 4 1-1/4 3 1-1/2 20 88 100 90 3 1-1/2 2 1-1/2 25 111 200 125 1 1-1/2 2/0 2 30 130 200 150 1/0 2 3/0 2 40 169 200 175 2/0 2 4/0 2-1/2 _ 50 212 400 225 4/0 2-1/2 2-1/0 Per 0 2-1/2 60 250 400 250 250 MCM'', 2-1/2 2-2/0 Per 0 3 75 312 600 350 2-2/0 Per 0 3 2-4/0 Per 0 3-1/2 100 _ 403 600 l 450 2-4/0 Per 6 ` 3-1/2 2-300 MCM Per 0 4 1. The table fusible load amperes,fuse and conductor sizes are listed for/he pump motors only. 2. Fuse size based on Class RK-5,time delay,current limiting "Buss Fustron" or equal. 3. Conduits sized to include two#8 conductors for the 120 volt A.C. supply and one equipment ground conductor,sized in accord- ance with the National Electrical Code. 4. Pump stations with pump motor horsepower listed below heavy line in tables, supplied with power terminal block to receive two service entrance conductors per phase,range#4 through 500 MCM. 5. When complete service entrance supply is for pump station only,sern'' ce entrance conductors must not be smaller than#8 wire per National Electrical Code. ...... -� ICustom Series Pump Station Installation Instructions Page 5 • _ _ IAJ August,Series 984 ISmith& '' 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. Loveless,lnc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 EXCAVATION AND CONCRETE PAD Spe3ial gaskets are provided to adapt the plain end steel pipe from the station to Class 150 mechanical joint cast iron pipe Excavation should be made in accordance with the plans,using from the wet well. methods suitable for the local ground conditions. Fill up the bottom of the wet well with concrete to the invert of the two suction lines. After this concrete has set, make a Pour the concrete pad on undisturbed earth as shown on the hopper bottom by stacking rubble with a sloping surface as plans and rough-finish the surface true and level. shown on the plans. Fill and cover the rubble with mortar to make a smooth surface on which solids will not cling. WET WELL OR RECEIVING MANHOLE The main discharge line from the pump station terminates in Before installing the pump station, construct the wet well as a Class 150 plain end cast iron or steel pipe outside the pump shown on the plans. If a block or brick wet well is specified, it chamber. When terminated in plain end steel pipe, special is generally easier to locate and knock out the openings for the gaskets are provided to adapt the plain end steel pipe to Class various pipes after the station is in position. 150 mechanical joint cast iron pipe.This connection is usually PUMP STATION on the top of the unit, but may be on the side. Be sure to re- SETTINGmove the closure installed on the discharge line in the factory for protection during shipment.You must furnish the discharge Depending upon the contractual terms,your Smith& Loveless force main from this point. Be sure that proper bedding is pro- pump station normally is delivered to the job site on our spe- vided for the force main and that settlement of the backfill cial truck. You must furnish a crane for unloading. See table cannot cause pipe breakage or stress on the pump station dis- below for maximum weight of main chamber. For your con- charge line. venience, lifting "eyes" are provided on top of the station and on the separate entrance tube. When ready, you can use the Be sure to provide anchorage at all elbows in the force main same crane to install the station. since the discharge pressure of the pump will tend to separate ID an elbow from the adjacent pipe. This can be done at the Station Diameter Max.Weight Chamber station by tying the elbow to the loops provided near the dis- charge pipe or to the holes provided in the roof beams of flat- 71 12,000 lbs. head stations. Adequate tie rods must be used. A concrete 81 14,000 lbs. block should be provided at the edge of the excavation on 9,-9" 22,000 lbs. firm, original soil and the force main elbow tied to this block 101-6" 24,000 lbs. also. Failure to do this can result in rupture of the force main and require re-excavation for repair. Refer to factory order for weight of stations larger than 101-6" in diameter. You must furnish and install 1-1/4" galvanized pipe for the sump pump line from the coupling welded in the wall of the Lower the pump station to the slab and set according to the sump to the wet well. This pipe should run horizontally to the plans. The station is furnished with one-inch elevating blocks wet well wall, at the same level as it leaves the sump. Concrete welded to the bottom of the base beams.The elevating blocks block or brick blocking should be placed under this line to are to insure that any water accumulation in the station floor support it during backfilling.The line should then run vertical- will drain to the sump. ly along the wall of the wet well to about 6" below the normal maximum depth of frost in your area. The line should be an- Caution: As shipped from the factory, all sewage valves in the chored adequately to the side of the wet well so that it may station are closed. Flanged piping may loosen during shipment. not be forced down if the backfill earth should settle.The line Check inside of station for leaks while filling wet well and force is run up the side of the wet well to just below frost line to main. prevent sewage backing up through the line to the sump pump. We have provided two check valves inside the station for added Suction lines through the pump station wall terminate in Class protection against flooding. 150 plain end cast iron or steel pipe outside the station wall. Be sure to remove the closure installed on the suction lines to protect the station during shipment. You must furnish plain WELDING end to mechanical joint Class 150 cast iron pipe, or flexible- coupled steel pipe,of size and length as shown on the plans for The entrance tube should be lifted by the lugs near the top . the exterior suction lines. Slip these pipes through the holes in and positioned on the supporting flange on the pump chamber. the wet well wall and clamp them to the suction pipes on the Make certain the ladder in the two sections is properly aligned. station. These should be reasonably level. Close the openings in the wet well with cement mortar containing "Embeco." __,A„A Custom Series Pump Station Installation Instructions Page 6 March,1986 • -c T , Smith&® 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. V 1/ Loveless,Inc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 Two or more magnesium anodes are shipped inside the pump The neoprene joint sealing sleeves must be on the ladder before station. These have long insulated copper leads connected to assembly. After the ladder is aligned, pull the sleeves over the magnesium blocks inside the packs. Cut the insulation off the joint. The mating flanges outside the tube must be joined with first 1" of each lead. Clamp one wire in the solderless connec- a continuous watertight weld. An inside weld is not required. tor provided. Connectors are located at the top of the station, Wire brush and touch up the weld with "Versapox" before eithiler on the ends of the main reinforcing members or on the backfilling. lifting loops. One anode should be placed on each side of the ANCHORING THE PUMP STATION chamber in the backfill as far out as possible. Coat the solder- less connectors heavily with Smith & Loveless "Versapox." To secure the station, pour concrete on top of the slab and force it beneath the pump station and between the base beams The above paragraph does not apply when special cathodic to completely fill the void. The void under the station floor protection is specified. See special instructions inside pump must be completely filled to prevent pump vibration. Fill out station for anodes requiring wire connections to be made to to the ends of the I-beams and level the material. This concrete testboxes within the pump chamber. forms both a dead weight and a flange on which the backfill is piled to protect the station against uplift. In saturated soil, it BUBBLER LINE may be desirable to place reinforcing rods projecting up from the base slab alongside the I-beams which form the pump sta Yolu must furnish and install a flexible bubbler line from the tion base. Bend the rods over the I-beams before pouring the concrete anchora e. Do not cover the sumpcoupling welded in the entrance tube to the wet well. This g pump coupling line should be Boston perfection 300 hose or equal with 1/2 with concrete before installing the sump pump discharge line q to the wet well. NPT male fitting on the entrance tube end. The other end sha'uld be as required to fit the 3/4"pipe in the wet well.The In backfilling around the bottom of the station with concrete, bubbler line should be at least 2-ft. longer than the distance it is desirable that sufficient concrete be placed between the beeen the entrance tube and wet well. When installing the station and the wet well so that the sump pump line is corn- fle able bubbler hose, it must slope continuously toward the • pletely encased in concrete and so that the suction lines are at wet well to allow condensation to drain into the wet well. Use a thread compound to insure that the bubbler line is least supported by concrete.This will eliminate any damage to any of these lines by earth settlement. air tight. Inside the wet well use a 1/2" x 3/8"x 1/2"tee and extend a Since local conditions and ground water affect the amount of 3/8" pipe straight down terminating 6" above the top of the concrete required to prevent flotation of the station,this must suction lines.The 1/2"run of the tee pointing upward must be be determined by the contractor or engineer. plu ged. This is required so the bubbler line can be rodded out ELECTRICAL WORK if itplugs. Important: The air bubbler line and the sump pump lines must Install the 1/2"thin wall conduit(provided with station) from be tight. All joints should be thoroughly sealed with suitable the manual switch located at the top of the entrance tube thread compound. After installation,and before backfill,both to the 1/2" LB fitting at the top of the station in the entrance If ithese lines should be checked to insure their tightness. tube area. Provide and connect the wiring to the manual switch located at the top of the entrance tube and to the BACK FILLING proper terminals in the control panel located in the station, in accordance with the National Electrical Code and/or any Backfill must be done with great care to avoid damaging the local codes. ma nesium anodes and wiring, as well as the piping and con- duiiu, The backfill should be of sand or carefully compacted earth to prevent settlement which may result in pipe breakage. CORROSION PROTECTION Thel sump pump line should be installed before any backfilling Every Smith & Loveless pump station is finish painted, inside is dpne. Backfilling may be completed to an elevation near the and out. However, before backfilling, it is important to paint toppf the station before installing the air bubbler line,entrance over all field welds, steel pipe, conduit and all nicks and to „ o r force main, to provide a work surface for doing these scratches on the outside with Smith& Loveless Versapox. A "Versapox" ope ations. Be sure to touch up the station with Versapox container of this material is shipped inside the pump chamber. bef re backfilling, Instructions for its use are in the maintenance manual. Updn completion of the final backfilling and leveling, it is recdmmended that the raw earth area be seeded with a good grass blend, favorable to the local area,to prevent soil erosion. ©Smith&Loveless,Inc.,1986 1 loT___. --11 _[t Y Custom Series Pump Station IInstallation Instructions Page 7 • -� August,1984 ( &I Smith& 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. U j/ Loveless,Inc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 It is also recommended thata crushed stone walkway be in- stalled around the station entrance and an access walk to the nearest roadway be provided to help maintain cleanliness in the station during inclement weather. FINAL CHECK OF STATION Before leaving the station, the following procedure should be followed: 1. Check operation of entrance cover and lock mechanism. 2. Have an electrician place the dehumidifier,blower fan and sump pump in operation as outlined in the instructions for Initial Start-Up in the maintenance manual. If electrical service has not been provided to the station at this time, have an electrician provide a temporary connec- tion for these three items (approximately 15 amperes at 115 VAC) from the nearest source of electrical supply. It has been found that where a station sits without the ID function of these items, harmful corrosion may occur to the electrical components within the control panel from condensation and/or the station may become flooded through accidentally opened valves if the sump pump is unable to remove infiltration water. 3. Leave these instructions in the station at completion of the job. 4. Notify the Smith & Loveless representative when the sta- tion is ready for start-up. The Smith & Loveless warranty is contingent upon start- up of the pump station by Smith & Loveless authorized personnel, and the guarantee will be voided if start-up is performed by anyone else. • aPPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR BRUSH A SMITH & LOVELESS "VERSAPDX" EPDXY RESIN COATING Smith & Loveless "Versapox" epoxy resin coating is not a paint. "Versapox" is a two vehicle system of polyamide and epoxy resins which cure through chemical reaction of the ingredients to form an extremely tough protective coating. It also makes an excellent adhesive and sealant. "Versapox" does not contain any evaporative-type solvents and atmospheric oxidation of the film surface is not required for drying. Because of this, it sets up into a tough, inert, durable coating. "Versapox" is a versatile coat- ing which will adhere tenaciously to a wide variety of surfaces, including metals, concrete, glass, plastics and wood. It has high impact strength and has excellent resistance to water solvents, alkalis, acids and fungus. "Versapox" is supplied in two (2) steel containers or cans. One contains epoxy resin, pigment and thixotropic agent. The other can-contains the poly- amide catalyst and pigment. To obtain the most satisfactory results in the application of "Versapox", the instructions below must be followed closely: • IP SURFACE PREPARATION: The surface to be coated must be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, mill scale, loose rust and especially grease. "Versapox" will be readily adhere to mostnon- waxy materials, including damp or dry concrete and wood. However, a supe- rior long life coating depends upon careful preparation of the surface. Use emery cloth to remove any rust which may have formed in a scratch. Feather out the edge of the old coating and remove the glass in the area to be touched up. MIXING AND APPLICATION: "Versapox" when mixed has a pot life of one to three hours depending upon the ambient temperature; therefore, the ingredients should not be mixed prior to surface preparation. When ready for application of the coating, proceed as follows: 4th Edition October 1., 1963 -2- 1. Open the shipping carton and remove the two containers. 2. Mix equal portions of the contents of each can in a clean container. Mix • q only as much as is required for use in 30 minutes. "Versapox" will set up too stiff to apply with the brush in about 30 minutes. Save any unmixed materials for later use. Unmixed"Versapox" may be stored for an indefi- nite period. 3. Mix the ingredients with a rod or pad¢lle. Thorough mixing of the resin and catalyst is essential for proper chemical reaction. Incomplete mixing will result in an inferior coating. 4. Avoid mixing air into the ingredients as entrained air in the mix maypro- duce a slightly rough surface on the final coating. 5. "Versapox" should be applied by a brush directly as it comes from the can. No solvents or thinners are necessary or should be added to the in- gredients. 6. Immediately after application of"Versapox" the brushused should be thor- oughly cleaned with carbon tetrachloride, xylol or tuluol. Once "Versa- pox" has hardened or set up there is no known solvent which will remove this coating from the applicator. SET-UP TIME: • "Versapox"will harden or set up to the extent that the coated material can be handled in 12 to 24 hours, depending on the ambient temperature. Higher temperature will induce faster set up tine. "Versapox" will continue to set up for approximately one week before final hardness is reached. Therefore, reasonable care should be taken in handling until the coating is fully aged. "Versapox" should never be applied when'the surface to be coated or the am- bient temperature is below 60 degrees Fahrenheit. Application at lower temp- eratures will greatly increase the set-up time and result in an inferior coating. 3rd Edition • Sept. 1, 1961 I7A,_ACustom Series Pump Station Initial Operation Instructions Page 1 • cp., August,1984 Smith& 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. Loveless,lnc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 INSTRUCTIONS FOR INITIAL OPERATION 2: a. Place the single-phase circuit breaker marked Sump FACTORY-BUILT SEWAGE PUMPING STATIONS Pump in the On position. CONSTANT FLOW b. Fill the sump with water. Check the sump pump The sewage pumps in Smith & Loveless pump stations are operation by lifting the float on the side housing. equipped with non-clog type impellers that pass 3" or smaller Should unit fail to pump, loosen the cover of the first check valve to prime the pump,as it may be air-locked. solids and very effectively handle solids commonly found in If the unit still fails to pump,clean out pump suction sanitary sewage. However, the pumps will not handle large by disconnecting pump,at pipe elbow and removing rocks, bricks, sticks and other heavy materials of a similar pump for access. nature. To prevent damage to the pumps, it is very important that the wet well be thoroughly cleaned before starting up the 3. a. Check to see that the pump-motor Hand-Off-Auto station. switches are in the Off position. 1. a. Place the single-phase circuit breakers marked Lights b. Place the single-phase circuit breaker marked Control and Dehumidifier and Blower in the On position. &Air Compressor in the On position. b. The manual switch located at the top of the entrance (1) One of the two air compressors located by the tube is for operating the lights and blower when you control panel should operate continuously,there- are working in the station. Place switch in the "on" by supplying a steady stream of air through the position. Always place this switch in the "off" bubbler line to the wet well. position when leaving the station. c. The ventilating blower is operated by a 15-minute (2) A toggle switch, labeled Bubbler Alternator, is percentage timer mounted on the control panel. The located on the front of the control panel. This • timer is factory-set to operate the blower for approx- imately 4-1/2 minutes out of every 15 minutes (30% compressors will then each operate on timed of the time). If it is desirable to operate the blower intervals to distribute usage. for a longer period of time, turn the timer control knob until a larger number appears under the index (3) An air flow indicator bowl is supplied on the air mark on the timer dial. This means the blower will compressors.This bowl contains small discs which be off less time within the 15-minute cycle. indicate the flow of air through the compressor. When either compressor is running, the media in Example: the bowl should flutter, if the compressor is operating properly. If the media gets wet with oil 50 equals 7-1/2 minutes "on" and 7-1/2 minutes or water, it will not flutter. "off". (4) If the material in the indicator bowl does not If dial on timer is inaccurate or out of adjustment,do flutter when the compressor is running, there is the following procedure: an obstruction in the bubbler tube,or something wrong with the compressor. First,turn the other Let timer motor run until notch in outer edge of rear compressor on. If it operates satisfactorily, the cam (furthest from panel) is in line with micro trouble is in the compressor that was running. If switch plunger. At this time rotate the front cam the other compressor will not operate either,there until the nylon tabs in the two cams are in contact is probably an obstruction in the bubbler lines. with each other. At this time loosen set screw on dial Disconnect the bubbler compressor tubing from and rotate dial plate until the "0" is under the index the tee located at the bottom of the control mark. Retighten set screw and set dial to desired panel. If air flows out of this tube when discon- number. nected, then the obstruction is in the wet well. d. The dehumidifier is controlled by an adjustable humi- Remove the plug from the top of the tee in the stat located on the dehumidifier. Set the adjusting wet well bubbler line and rod out the bubbler knob to mid-range. Let the dehumidifier operate for line to the bottom of the wet well. 24 hours. If condensation is present in the station and • the dehumidifier has shut off,turn the adjusting knob up until the dehumidifier starts and then wait another c. After the bubbler system has been put into operation, turn off the compressor to permit any condensation 24 hours and repeat the above setting if necessary. in the bubbler line to drain to the air flow indicator During the winter months the dehumidifier coils may howl. Remove the bowl and wipe out any moisture. ice up. If they do, decrease the dehumidifier setting When the condensation has been removed,reinstall the until ice is eliminated. For detailed operating instruc- bowl and put the bubbler compressor back in opera- tions and maintenance requirements, refer to the tion. Dehumidifier Section of the maintenance literature. Custom Series Pump Station Initial Operation Instructions Page 2 March,1981 4. a. Check to see that the pump-motor Hand-Off-Auto c. Place No. 2 sewage pump main circuit breaker in the switches are in the Off position. Off position. b. Check to see that the single-phase circuit breakers d. Mounted within the pump station upon delivery is a marked Control are in the On position. length of clear plastic tubing connected to one pump priming petcock and to the ceiling. The purpose of c. Place the station sewage pump main circuit breakers this tube is to facilitate setting the pressure switches in the On position. to the proper wet well elevations. d. Check the rotation of the pumps by momentarily e. Connect the plastic tube to the pump priming pet- turning one of the selector switches to the Hand posi- cock of Pump No. 2. tion,then to the Off position. f. Measuring from the centerline of the pump suction e. Verify by checking arrow on pump volute. pipe, mark the high-level On and Off and the low-level On and Off elevations on the plastic tube.This can be f. If the pumps rotate in the wrong direction, have an done with masking tape. electrician reverse any two of the three phase feeder lines at the disconnect switch outside the station. Both p. Open the pump priming petcock of Pump No.2. pumps should then rotate in the proper direction. h. As the water level of the wet well rises, the water 5. a. Allow wet well to fill with sewage or fill with fire in the plastic tube will gradually reach the On mark. hydrant water. At this point, the low-level pressure switch should tip and make contact. If the switch operates before reach- b. Open the suction and discharge valves of the station ing the On mark,turn the large adjusting screw (main) sewage pumps. clockwise on the low-level pressure switch. If it fails to operate upon reaching the On mark,turn the large • c. Prime pumps by releasing air from the pump volutes adjusting screw counterclockwise. through the pump priming petcock at the discharge of each pump. Close petcocks when all of the air has i. Turn Pump No. 1 selector switch to the Hand posi- been released. tion. As the pump operates, the wet well level will drop and the liquid level in the plastic tubing will d. Bleed each pump shaft seal by releasing air from seal drop. If the switch tilts to open before the level reaches through the shaft seal vent valve. This vent valve is the Off mark, turn the small adjusting screw (Diff.) located on the opposite side of the seal housing from clockwise until proper level is obtained. If the pump the seal fluid filter inlet- does not operate when the Off mark is reached,turn the small adjusting screw counterclockwise. e. Check transparent filter body on each pump to see that the filter is full of water. Caution: Do not allow pump to pump below pump prime level(21-0"). 6. TWO-PUMP STATION PRESSURE SWITCH SETTINGS j. Repeat the above procedure in Step.6 paragraphs nek a. The pressure switches are set at the factory during through '�i" for setting the high-level pressure switch. tests to operate On-Off at wet well elevations as The high-level pressure switch will be set at different follows: the low-level pump should operate when the levels from the low-level pressure switch as indicated water in the wet well reaches an elevation of 4.5' in paragraph "a.° above the centerline of the pump suction line, and should turn off when the water reaches a level of 2.5' k. Repeat the entire low and high-level pressure switch above the centerline of the pump suction lines. The adjustment procedure several times to arrive at the high-level pump should operate when water in the final and accurate pumping control range. wet well reaches a level of 5'and turn off at a level of 2'above the centerline of the pump suction lines. 7. a. Close petcock to plastic tubing and place the Hand- Off-Auto selector switches in the Autop osition. b. If the pumps do not operate at approximately the levels outlined above, or the job conditions require b. Place the sewage pump main circuit breakers in the other levels of operation,the pressure switches on the 11 On posajon. • side of the control panel should be readjusted accord- ing to the following: jc. The pump station is now ready for continuous Automatic operation. Custom Series Pump Station Initial Operation Instructions Page 3a July,1980 • d. Caution: Double-check petcocks, pumps and piping to avoid inadvertent flooding of the station. 8. a. Clean interior of the station using Soilax, or similar compound,to remove dirt and debris. b. Using the Smith & Loveless "Versapox" supplied with the station,touch up any scratches or bare metal areas. Refer to the maintenance manual for "Versa- pox" mixing instructions. 9. a. Read the station installation instructions carefully and verify with installation contractor that these in- structions were followed. b. Read the entire maintenance manual carefully and set up a preventive maintenance program. c. Instruct operating personnel in the care and operation of the pump station. The Smith &Loveless factory-built pumping station is manufac- tured to a high degree of standards developed over years of experience and skilled engineering "know-how." The placing of this pumping station into service should be followed step-by- . step as outlined herein. If any trouble develops through mal- function of equipment or any damage that might have occurred through shipment or otherwise, contact the Smith & Loveless Service Department for assistance. • 1I Custom Series Pump Station Initial Operation Instructions Page 3b March,1981 10. THREE-PUMP STATION PRESSURE SWITCH i. Turn Pump No. 3 selector switch to the Hand posi- SETTINGS tion. As the pump operates, the wet well level will a. The pressure switches are set at the factory during tests drop and the liquid level in the plastic tubing will to operate On-Off in accordance with the elevations drop. If the switch tilts to open before the level reaches indicated on the pump station approved submittal. the Off mark, turn the small adjusting screw (Diff.) clockwise until proper level is obtained. If the pump Normal settings,relative to the centerline of the pump does not operate when the Off mark is reached,turn suction lines as a datum plane,are as follows: the small adjusting screw counterclockwise. Lead Pump On at 4.0 ft. Caution: Do not allow pump to pump below pump Lead Pump Off at 2.0 ft. prime level (21-0"). Lag Pump On at 4.5 ft. Lag Pump Off at 2.5 ft. j. Repeat the above procedure in Step 10 paragraphs °e° Standby Pump On at 5.0 ft. through "in for setting the middle-level pressure Standby Pump Off at 3.0 ft. switches and again for the high-level pressure switches. Various factors, such as pump size and specific re- k. Repeat the entire low, middle and high-level pressure quirements of the engineer's specifications,may alter switch adjustment procedure several times to arrive at these settings. Do not allow pump to pump below the final and accurate pumping control range. pump prime level (2'-0"). 11. a. Close petcock to plastic tubing and place the Hand- b. If the pumps do not operate at approximately the Off-Auto selector switches in the Auto position. levels indicated, the pressure switches should be re- adjusted according to the following: b. Place the sewage pump main circuit breakers in the On position. c. Place the No. 1 and No. 2 sewage pump main circuit breakers in the Off position. Place the No. 3 sewage lc. The pump station is now ready for continuous • pump main circuit breaker in the On position. Automatic operation. d. Mounted within the pump station upon delivery is a length of clear plastic tubing connected to one pump d. Caution: Double-check petcocks, pumps and piping priming petcock and to the ceiling, The purpose of to avoid inadvertent flooding of the station. this tube is to facilitate setting the pressure switches to the proper wet well elevations. 12. a. Clean interior of the station using Soilax, or similar compound,to remove dirt and debris. e. Connect the plastic tube to the pump priming pet- b. Using the Smith & Loveless "Versapox" supplied cock of Pump No. 2. with the station,touch up any scratches or bare metal areas. Refer to the maintenance manual for "Versa- f. Measuring from the centerline of the pump suction pox!, mixing instructions. pipe, mark the high-level On and Off,the middle-level On and Off and the low-level On and Off elevations 13. a. Read the station installation instructions carefully on the plastic tube. and verify with installation contractor that these in- structions were followed. g. Open the pump priming petcock of Pump No. 2. b. Read the entire maintenance manual carefully and set h. As the water level of the wet well rises, the water up a preventive maintenance program. in the plastic tube will gradually reach the On mark. At this point, the low-level pressure switch should tip c. Instruct operating and make contact.If the switch operates before reach p g personnel in the care and operation ing the On mark,turn the large adjusting screw (main) of the pump station. clockwise on the low-level pressure switch. If it fails The Smith &Loveless factory-built pumping station is manufac- to operate upon reaching the On mark,turn the large tured to a high degree of standards developed over years of adjusting screw counterclockwise. experience and skilled engineering "know-how." The placing of this pumping station into service should be followed step-by- step 'as outlined herein. If any trouble develops through mal- function of equipment or any damage that might have occurred thrpugh shipment or otherwise, contact the Smith & Loveless Ser'i'ice Department for assistance. Custom Series Pump Station 1 Operation&Maintenance Instructions Page 1 March,1981 ill OPERATION & MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS b. The pumping action of the rotating upper face of the FACTORY-BUILT SEWAGE PUMPING STATIONS impeller reduces the pressure just below the seal to about one-half of the pump discharge pressure,thus Your Smith & Loveless Pump Station is a complete factory- providing an adequate differential pressure to insure built unit, including all interior equipment ready to operate. that any seepage is into the pump volute. The filter It has been thoroughly tested at the factory by actual opera- and its elements are made of corrosion resistant mate tion on our test floor. Every item of mechanical and electrical rials. The filter cone removes all particles 40 microns equipment has been operated and found free of any defects. in diameter or larger from the water.Smaller particles Your pump station will give continuous trouble-free service will not hurt the seals. with reasonable care and maintenance. We recommend that a c. A spare mechanical seal is supplied with the station. preventive maintenance program be established, based on the following maintenance procedures. The station should be d. It is important that the seal fluid filter element and visited daily and the following items inspected during each filter bowl be kept clean and particle buildup too visit: large to pass through the filter be removed as often as 1. Bubbler line air flow required. 2. Sewage pump operation e. Clean the filter elements in the following manner: 3. Sump pump operation 4. Station lights (1) Place filter elements to be cleaned in a glass 5. Ventilating blower operation container and cover with a solution of "Soilax" 6. Dehumidifier operation or equal. 7. Sewage pump mechanical seal 8. Station cleanliness (2) Allow to soak for 15 minutes, remove and lightly Once each month, the following procedures should be per- scrub with stiff bristle brush under tap water un • formed: til clean. f. Clean the filter oowi with °Soilax° and water. 1. Drain the bubbler line and check pressure switch settings. Reset, if necessary. Caution: Never use alcohol,thinner,acetone or similar 2. Clean the pump seal fluid filters. solvents, as the bowl and filter are made of plastic material. The pump motors are provided with prelubricated ball bear- ings which, under normal conditions, require little or no g. A spare filter element is supplied with the station in maintenance and relubrication. the spare mechanical seal can. Caution should be taken whenever lubricants are applied to the motor bearings, and then only after a thorough study of h. Additional filter elements may be obtained from the the lubrication section of the Motor Maintenance Section of factory by ordering Part No. 1 L371 E. this manual. i. Pumps must be off and the vent line must be bled Refer to the following pages for descriptive information on slowly to avoid reclogging. making inspections and for maintaining the station equipment. 2. PUMP OPERATION 1. PUMP MECHANICAL SEALS AND SEAL FLUID a. Operate the pumps manually, one at a time,with the FILTERS Hand-Off-Auto selector switches in the Hand position. If the pumps operate without excessive vibration, a. The sewage pumps are equipped with double mechan they are clean. Do not pump wet well level below ical seals which prevent sewage and gases from enter prime level. ing the pump station. Water taken from the pump is passed through a filter to provide clean fluid under pressure to the seals so that any seepage between the b. If a pump should vibrate excessively, it indicates that the pump has either lost prime or that the suction lapped mating surfaces is of clean fluid into the line or pump is clogged with debris. . sewage,rather than sewage into the seal body. c. Open pump priming petcock of offending pump and allow air to escape. Bleed air from the mechanical seal by opening seal vent petcock located on opposite side of the housing from the seal fluid inlet. Close petcocks and manually test pump. Custom Series Pump Station Operation&Maintenance Instructions Page 2 March,1981 • d. If pump still continues to vibrate excessively, back- 8• F>IRESSURE SWITCH SETTINGS flush the pump and suction line as follows: False On-Off operation of the pressure switches will (1) Turn Hand-Off-Auto selector switch of the vibra- occur if condensation moisture collects in the bub- ting pump to the Off position. bier line. Turn off compressors if water is visually apparent in air flow indicator and drain by removing (2) Close discharge gate valve. bowl. (3) Raise the clapper arm of the check valve in front b. Pressure switch settings should be periodically checked of the vibrating pump to the open position and 1 for proper On-Off wet well elevations to prevent an hold tightly wide open. accidental over-flooding of the wet well or pumping below the predetermined pump prime level. (4) Manually turn on the opposite pump. Open dis- charge gate valve slowly. Allow backflushing of offending pump to continue one to two minutes. (1) Place the pump Hand-Off-Auto selector switches in the Off position. Caution: Do not allow water from force main (2) Connect the plastic tube to the pump priming through backflushed pump to overflow wet well. petcock of Pump No.2. (5) Close gate valve ahead of open check valve on (3) Measuring from the centerline of the pump suc- vibrating pump side and slowly lower check valve tion pipe, mark thep redetermined On and Off clapper arm, level for each of the pressure switches. Refer to the pump program chart listed on the Factory Caution: Do not allow check valve clapper to Order Sheets in the front of the maintenance , may cause permanentdamage to "slam," as this manual provided with the station. the check valve. (4) Open pump priming petcock of Pump No. 2. • (6) Manually operate vibrating pump. If pumps As the water level in the tube rises, observe that operate without excessive vibration, place both each pressure switch mercury tube tips and makes pumps back on automatic control. contact at its respective On mark on the tube. If backflushing fails to remove the clogging debris, (5) Turn Pump No. 1 Hand-Off-Auto selector switch proceed as follows: to the Hand position. As the pump operates the wet well level will drop and the liquid level in the (1) Place the main circuit breaker and the Hand-Off- plastic tube will drop. Observe that each pressure Auto selector switch of the clogged pump in the switch mercury tube tilts to the open position at Off position. its respective Off mark on the tube. (2) Close the gate valves on both sides of the pump. Caution: Do not allow pump to pump below the pump prime level (21-0"). (3) Remove the cap screws holding the backhead to the pump volute. (6) Close pump priming petcock of Pump No. 2. (4) Using ratchet hoist attached to lifting lug on the c. If pressure switches do not operate at On-Off eleva- ceiling, carefully lift the motor and impeller tions as required, check entire bubbler line for air assembly out of the pump. Sufficient flexible leaks,tightening any joints found to be defective. conduit is provided to permit this operation without disconnecting the conduit from the motor d. If resetting the pressure switch On-Off elevations is frame. I required, follow procedures as outlined in Initial Operation Instructions. (5) Care should be taken to protect the gasket from injury. However, if the gasket becomes damaged, spare gaskets are provided with the station. (6) Inspect the impeller and pump volute, removing • any obstructing debris. If necessary,use a rodding tool to clear suction elbow. (7) Reassemble pump and place in operation. 12T _ _\_ 11I _.....\_ [t Custom Series Pump Station LI I Operation&Maintenance Instructions — + Page3 LAugust,1984 J cloSmith&'" 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. Loveless,lnc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 4. PUMP MOTOR LUBRICATION 6. DEHUMIDIFIER OPERATOR a. The Smith& Loveless vertical pump motor is equipped a. The dehumidifier is controlled by an adjustable humi- . with ball bearings. The bearings are prelubricated as a stat located on the dehumidifier. Set the adjusting regular manufacturing procedure and the bearing knob to mid-range. Let the dehumidifier operate for grease reservoir filled prior to shipment. 24 hours. If condensation is present in the station and the humidifier has shut off, turn the adjusting b. The primary reason for lubricating a ball bearing is to knob up until the dehumidifier starts and then wait reduce friction. another 24 hours and repeat the above setting if necessary. During the winter months the dehumidifier c. Grease lubrication is used for most ball bearings coils may ice up.If they do,decrease the dehumidifier because it eliminates elaborate seals, reduces main- setting until ice is eliminated. For detailed operating tenance and acts as an effective sealer to prevent the instructions and maintenance requirements, refer to entrance of foreign particles. the Dehumidifier Section of the maintenance d. Select a lithium base grease,equivalent to NLGI No.2, literature, having a minimum worked penetration of 265 to 295 at 77°F.,such as Standard, Mobil, Exxon or Gulf. 7, SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMP e. How often a bearing should be lubricated will depend a. Check operation of the sump pump by momentarily largely upon experience for a given application. On raising float. most Smith & Loveless factory-built pump station applications it is usually necessary to regrease once b. Remove any accumulated debris in the bottom of the every year. If motor operation is continuous, grease sump. 410 every three months. 8. CLEANLINESS f. When relubrication is required, follow procedure be- low,using proper precautions in cleanliness to prevent a. A clean pump station is a trouble-free pump station. dirt and contamination from entering bearing housing. b. Touch up any scrathes or exposed bare metal areas (1) With motor running, force grease into inlet until using "Versapox" supplied with station. Mix "Versa grease appears at the relief. Check to see if relief pox according to brush application instructions. fitting is operating freely. Additional "Versapox" may be obtained from the factory by specifying as follows: (2) Wipe away excess grease which has appeared at „ grease relief. (1) Dark Green - Smith & Loveless Versapox Chrome Green. g. Always grease the lower motor bearing first, noting amount of grease used. Normally the upper bearing (2) Light Green - Smith & Loveless "Versapox" should require approximately 2/3 of this amount. Pastel Green. h. Caution: Keep grease clean and do not over-lubricate. For the repair of any accidental damage or assistance in main- tenance problems, contact the Smith & Loveless Service 5. VENTILATING BLOWER Department, which employs experienced technicians to help you quickly and efficiently maintain a continuously operating pump station. If dial on timer is inaccurate or out of adjustment,do the following procedure: (Dial indication of 50 equals 7-1/2 minutes "on" and 7-1/2 minutes "off"). Let timer motor run until notch in outer edge of rear cam 0 (furtherest from panel) is in line with micro switch plunger. At this time rotate the front cam until the nylon tabs in the two cams are in contact with each other. At this time loosen set screw on dial and rotate dial plate until the "0" is under the index mark. Retighten set screw and set dial to desired number. I • INSTRUCTIONS FOR REPLACING O-RINGS ON SMITH & LOVELESS CHECK VALVES DISASSEMBLING VALVE 1. Close pump discharge and pump suction gate valves before working on check valve in question. Z. Remove bolts from inspection flange on top of check valve. 3. Remove spring from lever arm. 4. Remove drive pins from lever arm and retaining collar on ends of clapper shaft. (Mark end of shaft from which lever arm was removed). 5. Remove drive pins in clapper arm that secures clapper arm to shaft. • 6. Pull shaft out of check valve assembly and remove old "O"-rings. REASSEMBLING VALVE 1. Put two (2) nevi, "O"-rings in "O"-ring grooves on end of clapper shaft from which spring arm was removed. • 2. Grease "O"-rings and shaft with any good cup grease. 3. Push shaft into check valve assembly from spring arm side. 4. Place clapper arm into position and push shaft through clapper arm. 5. Continue to push shaft into valve assembly through to opposite side of valve until other two "O"-ring.grooves appear. (Do not push shaft further than this point because of danger of cutting first two "O"-rings replaced). 6. Place other two "0"-rings in "0"-ring grooves on shaft and push shaft back to original position. 7. Line up holes in clapper arm with holes in shaft and replace drive pins. 8. Replace lever arm and retaining collar and replace drive pins. 9. Clean inspection flange. use new gasket if needed, and replace bolts. 2nd Edition Dec. 16, 1957. Form No.04-06-187 • , _ ] IRII Non-Clog Pumps IA] October,1985 anSmith&® 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. Loveless,Inc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 a vv _-_,a a in lg9 GQ E N a t f M M _ - N M 5e ZN _ ! 'cV N a itq by :25 10X N ? csP �+ tKaa NN Nt0 t0 t0 t0 m rmM AmU = S t0 m LO Q i? 0 wNQ I- W ° N s a J Q Eq 3�1 W as W W W N N N N c Q ,N 1N d a. Ma J X W 2 - W T = `i 4 It Ay a o ,0 2 N V WO _ '1 99 �a a as g& W wOaM" II I N N 3 a 0 p5 MtWC is V 0)ce002 v N W o a � Y g € ooh 3 a } iliF R °-'0 a N M M I I I 0 3 v'a iO u fr N J u'7 d lir. s ~0=�� I en�OMN N W O a j. �Sg .,F.rgt 2 Qmaa -g? :ieg a GG w U w p it " "5 J N N CO O ri- J t4 N. Z 11 L. LS 4 Wa Cl) 2 G N N N a.2 CO CO . m-=-1 • r- _ I _ JIVE _(1 )---ThN N ` r J M\ g m I �' o 0 to m w2 m 0_1 N ZM .8 O 3 L Q t y O� HO to _S wen nHV -Zr.- sr Ids co O m z oz (qw y �} 2w Q ZO ZO 11.1 ; .1(..“J O N Q m ',.0 W a N Cl4 M Q _ N . � _ �Y a co II M O tv _ ...T.:: :,,_ - :. _ L _u_i_ti - • L. I '1..... ..., �y� CO x aOww a w do o w} N WO 0Q Non-Clog Pumps Outline Drawings I I[A Page 2 101_01 'I October,1985 ', CD) Smith&® 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. • Loveless,Inc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 • ID ,� — I< ) Q \ ` maei H 4 M M �— — — to - �.I Za Gil i c)2 Cd4 - W010 W 4 - - PPP z Ici LI JO a — N J = O .5111- m p2 all gmW . O 2 x • • •jr).M in W N r O. !1 W F- , = Q2 -to _, N N N = N v u) ` '.' Z W U U 'B v: �N (n N a s 5,i 7 m W o 2 M I I as d' s o Tr 1n - O oW a i o d N d' ' . d il: 2 K O d O in o W Z i; a C o C ; C V" _ �= I ~ N Q Of 4 a Q J 0.1 €:�;m M J N ID N � e ,N z a0o ISI y — a e o`a • fv.l 1,71 i z 1 11 -4sw M9 r3/4, a-svm y 1 =1N p 1' �� sr�tc s.,, a r7 NII ✓ fa/y n.-rav A `—I� is ---- - 2_ r 1 - III -0:t r 1 N. Oct _ �� �� o3 g 0 Niv„ _ + _ L— - __r N s O O of I I t N u to I I E p'r-1----1 '."'L--- --- JAI v l 6 co j� MIS N N _ C: y tilco I 2 0 I c a _ - 23 ui E a a a' — =1v o _ - - d cu(D " W o f FJ � m N�e > m M03 C - 0 / e M N t0 c -ow o =1N N o` _ 0 a. sr,is j _ - t O Och III 1— =1N O O iM�. jo 1 ao o Z N u, . I. i a E oIl m _ o y N T CA 0) Instructions For Replacement Of The Part No. 28P1 N84-17 Mechanical Seal In Smith & Loveless Pumps DOUBLE SEAL Complete tool kit and tool box are available from: The Smith & Loveless double m- echanica! seal is specifically Smith & Loveless,Inc. designed for service in Smith & Loveless P y pumps. The seal is Parts Department I made of the best materials available. The parts are machined 913-888-5201 to close tolerances for easy interchangeability. The mating SEAL CONSTRUCTION running surfaces are lapped near one light band (0.000011") tolerance. All the seal parts are housed in the only split bronze The double mechanical seal consists basically of two carbons, seal housing oh the market. This quality seal is made to two ceramics, and a stainless steel spring provide manyp g (see Fig. 1). These years of trouble-free service. A mechanical seal are contained in a bronze seal housing. The flat or "lapped" will pay for itself in less than one year because of its surface of each ceramic is held against the lapped surface of elimination of pump shaft wear,corrosion and odor from shaft the mating carbon by pressure from the stainless steel spring leakage. Typical of all moving parts, eventuallythe seal will "dead-tight"to forma dead-tight seal. wear and must be replaced. The Smith & Loveless pump is designed so the seal may be replaced easily with a minimum The lapped surfaces of the carbons and ceramics are machined 1 of time and effort. Follow these instructions carefully, to a flatness of one light band (one millionth of an inch) and should be handled carefully to prevent chipping or 1 HERE ARE THE TOOLS YOU WILL NEED marring them. The carbons are held stationary within the seal TO REPLACE THE MECHANICAL SEAL: housing by "Quad" rings. The ceramics are secured to the motor shaft by "0" rings and rotate with the motor shaft. 1. 1/2" - 9/16" box and open-end wrench. The ceramics will, however, slide on the motor shaft vertically 2. 5/8" - 3/4" box-end wrench, as the spring automatically adjusts to wear. 3. 15/16" - 1" box wrench. 4. 1-1/8" socket. 5. 1/2" drive "T" handle. The lubricant for the system is clear, filtered water which 6. 1/2 drive - 6" extension. is taken from theg 7. 6" pump backhead and forced through the pipe wrench, filter into the seal housing. So long as the ceramics and 8. 2-lb. soft-face hammer. carbons are intact, only a minute amount of water passes 9. Ratchet-type hoist. through this system. The water cannot pass through a clogged 10. Motor lifting bar, filter so it should be removed periodically and cleaned. 11. 2" x 6" x 24" board. 12. Lint-free cloth. To disassemble the pump and replace the mechanical seal, 1 13. Multi-purpose grease. follow these instructions carefully. 0 MOTOR,HAFT o m m IMI ffi -i i 11111MIN 77111Vu',� 1 11 4111/PAM���'� _• U t �ir. o il ,,• MOTORLUTE ADAPTER O -VOLUTE o . 1 It 0 O O T R PARTS LI REFER TO BELOW LISTED DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL PART NUMBERS NAmt MOTOR SHAFT WAMETER SEAL S11E DRAWING NUMBER EXTRA HEAVY C IT BIDE E 2 WEAR SRING N1 SEAL 11./3 S STATIONARY WEAR RING-SEAL 3. D 6I1,10 SPRING-SEAL EAL EXTRA ROTATING HEAVY LONG SNIPPLE-Irf NIPPLEEXTRA HEAVY LONG .4. COPPER c-(W'0.0 X Or LG.1 - CONNECTOR-TUBE /MALE N.P.T, QUAD RIR6 GASKET BRASS PIPE TEE BRASS PIPE PLUG COMPRESSION ELBOW-TUBE/FEMALE H.P.T, R�-s - _ =Z...."On:. FEMALE -AOM CRON Hu OFF COCA E� -.-.® PLACLTER FILTER EMENT-MO MICRON SEAL XOUSENG TOP NALF 'cv til - TYPICAL PARTS LISTING I _ 9 SEAL ROUSING BOTTOM RALF e G GL OObLE MECHANICAL REAL Z MB-,2 .5. - 1;10j;6 ,.' A 3111W ' ^" 4 SIS ,I f a , + . yM d rx, ,«i. rf 2` .;.' Pew.. : _ SEAL REMOVAL First, for the pump being worked on,throw the motor circuit Place the 2" x 6" x 24" board on top of the volute directly breaker at the top of the control panel to the "off" position. under the impeller and lower the motor with the ratchet-hoist Then, turn the selector switch on the control panel for the until the bottom of impeller is approximately 1/4" above the pump to the "hand" position. If the pump does not operate, board. turn the selector switch to the "off" position. With the 2-lb. soft-face hammer, strike the impeller a sharp Close suction and discharge gate valves. (These valves should blow on the impeller vane away from the tip. The impeller be opened and closed several times to insure proper seating should drop down onto the board. The motor shaft is tapered of the valve discs. Debris sometimes gets into the seats and so that the impeller should be easily removed. (Repeated must be worked out by the above.) soft-face hammer blows may be necessary.) The 2" side of a 2 x 4 may be used in lieu of the hammer. Using the 1/2" open-end wrench, disconnect the fittings at each end of the tubing in the seal fluid line and remove. Raise the motor slowly to make sure the key does not fall out of the shaft and drop into the pump. Remove the impeller With the 6" pipe wrench, remove the two brass nipples from and board. Lower the motor and adapter until they rest on the seal housing. the pump volute. Hook the ratchet-type hoist in the ceiling lifting ring. Connect Using the 9/16" box-end wrench, remove the four 3/8" the hoist cable hook to the pump lifting bar. The lifting bar hex-head cap screws that bolt the motor adapter to the motor. is placed through the lifting eyes on the motor. With the ratchet-hoist, lift the motor free of the adapter. Using the 3/4" box-end wrench, remove the eight 1/2" The seal housing is attached to the motor adapter by three hex-head cap screws that bolt the motor adapter to the volute. cap crews. These are longer than the other three screws (which hold the seal housing together). The three long screws Raise the motor-impeller assembly above the volute high should be removed (not the short screws, but every other one). enough to gain access to the impeller locking cap screw and This permits removing the seal housing from the adapter. remove it by using the 1-1/8" socket, T-handle and 6" extension. A board may be placed through an impeller passage Remove the three remaining cap screws from the seal housing to hold the impeller while loosening the cap screw. (Remove and take out the old seal parts from the seal housing.Observe the cap screw slowly and make sure the impeller does not the order of removal so the new seal can be replaced in the come loose from the taper fit.) same manner. ,,,„;,,,,,.. „;. „:„.„. , , , - ' i- w , ,,, , , -,. v: w• 7. v *lop, -, i me ' ( ..= la'.n. , % '- ,` Ci Take the other °O" ring and grease very lightly. Install the "0" ring on the second ceramic cavity. Install the ceramic "0" ring down on top of the stainless steel spring. Insert the ° 4% n large rubber quad ring in the groove on top of the top bronze i 4 II 'I , seal housing half. Imo° rl Take the top seal housing half and turn it over on top of y; the lower bronze seal housing half. The spring will hold the two halves apart. Align the three tapped holes in the lower half with three of the holes in the top half. Push down on the top of the top half and insert the three short bolts. Tighten �� the bolts, finger-tight. Wrench-tighten the three bolts evenly. Turn the seal housing upside-down. Install the large diameter - quad ring gin the small groove on the bottom side of the (ower '. seal housing half. The seal housing is now ready to reinstall in the pump. / REASSEMBLY Install the seal housing assembly in the motor adapter and secure with the three remaining cap screws. Set the adapter ti on the volute. Thoroughly clean the motor shaft and lubricate lightly with �� - r" a good multi-purpose grease.Wipe excess grease from the shaft " ° • with a clean, lint free cloth. If excess grease is used it will wipe up into seal mating surfaces and cause seal failure. "' -„ ,� i It i As you lower the motor slowly on the hoist,the tapered shaft ,.. - ,- will guide the motor shaft through the seal housing. Bolt the adapter to the motor. Using the hoist, raise the motor and adapter above the volute SEAL INSTALLATION sufficiently high to set the 2" x 6" x 24" board on top of the volute and set the impeller on the board. Align the Clean the seal housing with a good commercial cleaner like impeller directly centered under the motor shaft. Place the "Spic & Span", "Soilax", etc., and a stiff brush. Wipe the key in the motor shaft. If it will not stay in place, put some seal housing dry with a clean lint-free cloth. Set the lower heavy grease on it. half of the seal housing (the half without the pipe taps) on Lower the motor slowly until the shaft enters the impeller a flat surface with the seal housing flange up. Repeat this and the key in the shaft slides into the key slot in the impeller. procedure for the top half of the seal housing. Carefully Make sure the key does not get pushed up higher than the remove the new seal from the seal container. On pumps shaft taper. Lower the motor until the motor rests on the operating over 180' of head the new seal will be a conditioned impeller. Do not tet the hoist get excess slack or the motor seal. This means the seal has been run in or conditioned. The might tip. Hit the impeller vane away from the tip repeatedly mating ceramics and carbons must be kept together as a with the 2-lb. soft-face hammer. matched set. If in doubt about the seal being conditioned, Hoist the motor slowly to make sure the impeller is attached keep the mating parts as they are assembled in the seal container together (carbon to ceramic) when installing the new to the shaft on the taper fit. Hold the impeller on the shaft as the motor is raised to insert the impeller locking cap screw. seal. Let the new seal assembly down on a flat surface and remove the ties. You are now ready to assemble the seal. Tighten the impeller locking screw. Replace the volute gasket, if necessary. (A spare was shipped Handle the seal parts carefully so they won't be damaged. with the station and will be found behind the control cabinet.) Remove the rubber quad ring. Coat it lightly with grease. Install the quad ring on the top of the carbon. Refrain from Lower the impeller into the volute and install the eight cap getting grease between the mating surfaces of the carbon and screws. Rotate the motor by hand if possible to make sure ceramic. Lift the carbon and place it quad ring down into the impeller doesn't drag. the bottom bronze seal housing. Push the carbon down until Removeithe filter and thoroughly clean the filter element with the quad ring seats. The carbon will not touch the bottom. u Remove the new matching ceramic and place it shiny face Soilax or other highly caustic soap and water. down on the installed carbon. (Be sure shiny face is clean; Open the suction and discharge gate valves. Open the vent use soft cloth to clean it if necessary.) cock on the pump discharge until water vents out, and then shut. Open the seal vent cock until the seal chamber is full Remove the rubber "0" ring and lightly grease it. Install the of fluid. This is important! "0" ring in the cavity of the ceramic until it bottoms. Place the stainless steel spring on top of the "0" ring. Return the motor circuit breaker to the ,,on,, position. Turn the selector switch for the serviced pump to the "hand" Remove the next new ceramic and set it aside, shiny side position and bump the motor to make sure the impeller is up. Remove the other new quad ring and coat lightly with not dragging on the bottom. If the,impeller drags, it requires grease. Install the quad ring back on the carbon. Insert the a thicker volute gasket. If the impeller does not drag, turn carbon and quad ring into the upper seal housing half. Push the pump on. Let the pump run for several minutes while the carbon down until the "0" ring seats. Do not get grease checking for vibration and/1:r leakage (watch wet well level). on the mating surface. Return selector switch to auto�� position. SEAL FILTER MAINTENANCE SEAL FILTER OPERATION 8. New filter elements can be ordered from Smith & Loveless. They are part number 1 L371 E. The seal filter takes the fluid from the backhead of the pump near the shaft and filters out all solids larger than 50 microns 9. Screw the clean filter element back on the filter head. and passes the fluid to the seal housing. A mechanical seal passes about 0.02 gallons of water per 24 hours for 10. Slide the clean filter bowl up over the sealing "0" ring lubrication. Therefore, the actual water flowing through the on the filter head. If the "O" ring is damaged, it can filter is negligible. Filter clogging from this flow is really not be ordered as part number 1L371C. a factor. 11. Slide the lock ring up over the filter bowl until it is Filter clogging usually comes from checking flow through the tight against the head. It may have to be rotated filter by opening the seal vent petcock. A second source of counterclockwise slightly to clear the lugs. When tight filter clogging can be from bacterial growth on the filter against the head, rotate the ring clockwise until the catch medium, clicks. CHECKING SEAL FILTER FOR PLUGGING 12. Open suction and discharge gate valves. 13. Bleed water through filter and seal by opening the seal The seal filter should be checked once a week for plugging. vent valve. Keep flow rate very low to keep from drawing To do this, the vent petcock "V" on the brass seal box should solids in the seal system. When seal filter is full of water be opened very slightly. A few drops of water from this and water comes out the vent, close the vent valve. petcock will show that water is passing the seal filter. 14. Turn the hand-off-automatic switch to the "off" Caution: Opening the vent petcock wide open or allowing al position. Turn the circuit breaker to the "on" position. large stream of water to pass out the valve can rapidly cause Turn the hand-off-automatic switch to the "hand" seal filter clogging.The large flow can cause solids to k.e drawn position. Make sure there are no leaks. Turn the from the pumpupinto the hand-off-automatic switch to the "automatic" position. piping and into the fiFter. This can plug the piping or the filter element. Do not pass large quantities of Water out of the seal vent. HEAD CATCH IN 1/11 MINA OUT ; SEAL FILTER MAINTENANCE r ,lulm_ VIII p� LOCK RING 1 < Every two months the seal filter should be cleaned. The "GOGG!nuhIiIuuiiinim nr IIWWWIIII II FILTER BOWL cleaning operation should be as follows: N;. lit III IIIc li ' 1. Turn off circuit breaker to the � F 1 DEFLECTOR §�.,h y pump. Close discharge WI and suction9 ate valves. \\�k �� I. A\\1160////% - 2. Open the seal vent valve V to make sure pressure is DRAIN Iiiuuu ' removed. Press in the catch on the lock ring on the filter. �rh * Turn the lock ring counterclockwise (looking from the !, bottom of the filter) until it stops. Remove lock ring by moving it downward over the filter bowl. 3. Pull the filter bowl downward and it will slide off the sealing "0" ringon the filter head or body. ,, . Y 4. Take the filter bowl and wash it clean with a strong detergent and water, or wipe it clean with a wiping cloth if it is wet. Do not use solvents. '. ' 5. Unscrew the filter element by grasping the deflector and s turning it counterclockwise looking up from the bottom (right-hand thread). . • • tai .., 3 £ - 4.,',,,, 6. Clean the filter element by brushing it lightly with a toothbrush as it is soaked in a strong detergent and water. " The filter is fine nylon cloth and should not be brushed harshly. The filter element can be cleaned by placing the open end on a faucet and gradually turning the water , M up to a high rate of flow. It is best to have two clean filter elements to replace the elements on the p pumps. The dirty elements can be cleaned in the shop. i 7. Soak the dirty elements in a caustic solution of a ,°.° -- • " spoonful of "Drano" crystals to a cup of water. TI[A Non-Clog Pumps 1mT_ 011R _RriT Seal Drawings Page 1 Jan.,1984 • Smith&s, 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. Cli_IDO Lovelesslnc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 t N .Sc O�! 3 O a JI JI .r.@s.l i _ . m O C < a W be = Q o L5 rc III-14 �1l; �<lloFi» O e < j 111-411. _� W sa i F As! Pill gg Mill ii W fi Ri3l J t1l45"4„aid O � iyx1�y�3 i \_ 41441t4 ig le n xi'ng i I= JlsZ i i III W V Q W W J m'$J W u app J < 'T ° OV Q v A / WJflflfltjJHfl 1 t' ::1:11:: f1W a F CHEM': 6 N i J46Cr HO t 01„,, j� 3r� , Nzzd3i O/I .. j/ ¢ < O WWomJ ¢ ¢ ¢O r 1/ I/////��/ C V QzOJ TmQ " W 6U 0 IIOAf4: �' % /I/j f ; O . N N -. N N N _li! � m N . 0 .P a m V m m M 0 < W j/-„qr // ,i/i/% a J < < < < < 1M„ 1.3 N YM!�p M2I1 N J �n M II - j% O O O O O J J J J,p J J J J J W I ooo0oo . 4 C II Q m m tool • J J . 1111 . .I L Non-Clog Pumps I1]IRI1 Seal Drawings I[A Page 2 Jan.,1984 1MT211 .......OT ___.,H .__LN cEcetinc.oSmith ® 14040 W.Santa Fe Trail Dr. • Lenexa, Kansas 66215 i M n0 J b 1' - g w N. m .1 Q LL � J F E9 1 I y N N J LL �§ a 0 G m U ~ N 1 =y I- - 8. !'6::111f;:g _J Y 6 i sm 0 MI R h M �In J - - i rA ;.gH�E roEB \ 4 J ,'C1,,Lvp, r EIS 0 U M ciba„ I+1 y J Yi h',7 ii 8 Jtt22� ,'-' , 4QR'^ it w w • sa L.., n M =' o M M 2",,, O O O J O O O t9 LL U b bbs z.. _ i- X-'1: y • r A t1 ;0'' ul , O P u ? bal =-0r. �:d000GGGGGGGGGIIG�, a b d o =w z - L., 2--pt:< 2. = 1 o pcc I J W J Z OJ; J W W 6 W J 0 <,-. < 0w- F w_a u C w / N x Z z z z Z W W F f t LL / QR H Z F <a Q W X<b b J W 4 Q �- < R < f ¢� Z N r<< W H J a X o H a 1 0 W W a X:rc ,1 , W 6 N h h 2 LL � b W m m LL K / $. — N N — N N N /� /Qi m < < Q .1 175' ln pJ Np �m J dJ m b o 2 2 JJb pr/'CrEKE[ g eIo 0 0 0 0 10 b b b b 4 W Is •' Q al I M. MI 0 • J • hl2 PARTS CATALOG -"-[-: Pump Assembly I I January,1985 . .-'.-T -- -• QM) JPage 1 Smith& 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. Loveless,Inc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 - a I N= a du, i WJ W_ P H J e 11 1 N I N N 04 .- 3- et . ' i6. f o N N M U E 9, y m = i z 0 Ni z z i z z I; Q ;e � Wry2 Ry1 0 0 0 O O O R W i LL O Yl N i f, .S- S ° W 1:'-,7'.'T'1,71: Z K f -f O N O J F i w – N m ,0 49 M J J 6e e .9 N O O a 2 z W 0 3 N we 1.Z-181.1,, N W "O d F < > > ' �¢ t, 333333 z -. r— 1i io d O O W R j O 4 LL Y J O J J Y W W = el J crtU tt,V V V aO W O a p l ; C'1::,11 ; e. 1 >O 7 LI N u 1 1 L U U U U U cai w z m m m ii V g o 1 F, P F - N p ,, __o w_ W O , 7 1, ,.w m N _ _ _ oroQ 10 m m co z g Y 6 ,'1,i,'Ll. e. I IOC id 2 N O 3 C� CO N N < 1112 m 0 2 g a s e” i i iO O O O O O a p N =J O:,,1 nnJOJf§` nRJ rc La o e a w o 0 a o K R K O O o > RV O O 4 F tl taV LL W LL W vLa F rc NW CO,O o1 '01 `` O o N ,0 Q o I„ J O• O We � F 2m w OD t –1 ,„.„,„„, 41111111 --4. ,rill kf �s -1- / Elio • .1.a;'frOf r f 0 ___-- .i„,,,„,,,,„,,„d \� Atli � _ ArmrallqNP.F",V,fllAtll CO/ I Inii. -- coN N p1 ' 'q (I ( pI EI a0 1 O N • II _ Form No,04-06-67 SMITH A LOVELESS ENGINEERING STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS SYMBOL TITLE 1L371 SCHRADER-SCOVtLL #3530-1040 - 40 MICRON FILTER • SHEET 1 OF 1 2.9S2- NOTE: 1L371 is complete as shown. Parts listed below. (.�EF.) o All' n�N It Max. Inlet Pressure 150 P.S.I.G. 2" *111, i Body (3530-7001) 1L371A F -/.0,?//?7#71 7s--Ii? 4 N I I 4111 O Lock Ring Assembly (3580-7501) 1L371B W d -- 1F1 "0" Ring (3530-7005) 1L371C Deflector (3530-7002) 1L371D 7 Filter Element (3530-7040) 1L371E 45/32. ' } Bowl Assembly (3530-0500) 1L371F m e (Includes: Bowl, "0" Ring & Drain O. Valve Assembly) a. lcI ll -------- Drain Valve Assembly (3530-8001 ) 1L371G 0 7‘,,, 2. Part No. 1L371 includes all parts shown - when ordering replacement parts, b order by name and manufacturer's part number. m o in d c V X I Wastewater Pumps 19-700.1 _ IA] May, 1978 • Smith&Loveless 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 SMITH & LOVELESS VERTICAL PROTECTED or other inflammable solvents. SEWAGE PUMP MOTORS Long storage may allow motor insulation to absorb moisture. STORAGE Use a high voltage resistance meter (megger) to check insulation resistance to ground. AIEE Standards recommend Do not store Smith & Loveless vertical pump motors in a that the winding insulation resistance at room temperature humid atmosphere. Such atmospheres are in package lift should not be less than: stations stored outside where the dehumidifier is not in operation. Humid atmosphere causes idle ball bearings to Insulation Resistance = (motor rated voltage + 1000) corrode where grease films are thin. The corrosion product (megohms) 1000 may work into the grease. The iron oxide corrosion product is extremely abrasive. This may cause premature bearing If the resistance is below the recommended value,the windings failure, should be baked dry. The stator should be baked in an oven at not more than 200° F. until the insulation resistance This motor is shipped ready for immediate service. If the becomes constant. motor has been in storage for a long period or has been subjected to a damp atmosphere, the insulation resistance of DISASSEMBLY the stator winding should be checked before start-up. (See Maintenance for procedure.) Should it become necessary to disassemble the motor, care should be taken not to damage the stator windings. Very INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE careful attention should be given to keeping the bearings clean. 411) INSTRUCTIONS Remove bearing cartridge cap screws before removing end bracket cap screws. (A stud of the same diameter and thread INSTALLATION as the cartridge screws and approximately 1-1/2" longer may be used to locate the holes in the bearing cap through the Check power supply against nameplate rating. Motors are end bracket upon assembly.) guaranteed to operate satisfactorily within a voltage range of not more than 10% above or 10%below the nameplate voltage Smith & Loveless motor bearings never need to be removed rating. Performance within this range will not necessarily be unless they are to be replaced. Use a bearing puller.To install the same as the established performance at the exact rated a new bearing, use steady pressure on the inner race. (To voltage. facilitate installation, heat bearings to 250° F.) See the nameplate diagram for proper connection to 208,220 The most important single factor in securing good service from or 440 volts. To reverse the direction of a 3-phase motor, ball bearing motors is to keep dirt, dust and foreign particles interchange any two of the power leads. For operation of out of the bearing. 220 volt motors on 208 volt networks (when designated permissible on nameplate), use the amperage at 220 volts for 1. Use only clean grease from clean containers and handle selecting overload protective devices. so as to keep it clean. INITIAL START-UP 2. Never open a bearing housing in a dusty atmosphere. The rotor should rotate freelywhen turned byhand. It should 3. Never open a bearing housing without first cleaning off T e run quietly on initial start-up. Operate at normal load for a all dirt from adjacent surfaces. short period to check for unusual noise, heating or excessive current. Excessive current will result in overheated windings. 4. Always protect an exposed bearing by a protective cover High operating temperatures shorten insulation life. The (clean paper or lint-free cloth). temperature of motor windings, as measured by resistance, should not exceed 90° C. LUBRICATION MAINTENANCE Double-shielded single row deep groove Conrad type ball bearings supplied on Smith & Loveless pump motors are For long life and satisfactory operation, always keep the lubricated at the factory. In normal service, lubrication once motor internally clean and dry. Windings of Smith& Loveless every year or two years is adequate since the bearing housing protected motors may require occasional cleaning. The has an additional supply of grease. Recommended lubricant windings may be cleaned by high velocity blower.The blower is a lithium base, general purpose grease Grade 2. If motors nozzle should be non-metallic. Gummy deposits of dirt and run continuously or over 4000 hours per year, they should grease may be removed by chloroprene. Never use gasoline be greased every six months. Wastewater Pumps 19-700.2 May, 1978 lou ] iRJfl Smith&Loveless 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 On large size motors in the range of 100 HP and above, it is sometimes necessary to use 5000 or 7000 series bearings. These bearings have two rows of balls or one bearing on top of the other. This type bearing requires different lubrication procedure. Be sure you are aware if you have this type bearing. These bearings do not have shields. The grease lubrication enters the bearing proper. The lubricant will work out of the upper race of the bearing into the lower race or grease reservoir below the bearing. The bearing then requires more lubricant. This type bearing should be greased every 3 months if the motor operates continuously or more than 4000 hours per year. It should otherwise be greased every six months. If ambient temperature rises above 90° F., the bearings should be lubricated with a general purpose lithium base Grade 3 grease. When lubrication is required, proceed as follows: 1. Clean grease fitting and grease pressure relief fitting to make sure it is not plugged. 2. Add grease with a low pressure gun until grease appears at the relief fitting. Note: If no relief fitting is provided, remove grease • drain plug. After lubricating, run motor 10 minutes before replacing plug. Caution: Avoid excessive lubrication. 1. Excessive pressure may damage bearing shield. 2. Excessive supply of grease in bearing raceway may cause overheating and premature failure. 3. Excessive grease may be forced into motor housing and collect on windings, causing winding deterioration. • SERVICE FACTOR When the voltage and frequency of a general purpose 40° C. rise protected motor is maintained at the values specified on the nameplate, the motor may be overloaded up to the horsepower obtained by multiplying the rated horsepower by the (1.15) service factor. Form No.04.06182 • . � ,�,, MODEL 8L1 r -.� _ , I -��I! SUMP PUMP its ` HI, COMPLETELY � ISUBMERSIBLE r ® 1r, 1:40...v i1 iii. . • y , l 1 :Vi=i ilk MI 11 11111 • MOTOR - 1/2 H.P. Supplied in 110V, 60 cycle single phase. Motor is designed for continuing or ., , intermittent duty. Motor is,sealed. Built to most rigid standards. THERMAL PROTECTION - Motor has built-in internal overload protection with automatic reset thermal protection. This pump can be operated in liquid up.to 150°F. MATERIAL - Motor housing and volute are of cast iron;impeller is bronze. WEIGHT - Pump weighs 58 lbs. • GUARANTEE - This unit is guaranteed for one year against defective workmanship and materials in • ordinary sump applications. - L 14/, - . REPLACEMENT PARTS @L IC Stationary Switch (ITEM 29) SLID Switch Assembly (ITEM 8) SUE Float (ITEM 40) • 8L1F Float Rod, Weight 6i Nut (ITEMS 38, 41 & 42) BUG Impeller (ITEM 44) PUMP CAPACITY CURVE 30 • isr'-** *q'. .-...,,,,,,,, ,,N:\\\ .. Wt0 If Z 1S 0 10 Q W • = s I \ . • 0 6 0 10 :0 30 40 0 s0 To e0 GALLONS. PER MINUTE GINEERED Enpo Pump Company SERVICE SHEET NP -wER SveSIOIARY OF MODEL 150-A, Q Roper Industries, Inc. 420 EAST THIRD STREET. PIQUA, OHIO 45356. 150-M & 150-M-RSC Models 150-A, 150-M, and 150-M-RSC Sump Pumps GENERAL SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS The parts identification picture on the other side LEAK CHECK: After the repaired unit has been of this page will also serve as a guide for disassembling reassembled, it must be checked to assure it does not and assembling these units. leak. To do so apply 10 to 15 P.S.I. air pressure thru Before disassembling pump, make sure the trouble the 1/8" pipe plug hole in the end bell and submerge is not in installation or application. the unit in clear water. Any leaks are indicated by escaping air bubbles. The following instructions give additional infor- mation required when replacing various components. (Note — See separate sheet for RSC switch parts.) STATOR: The stator windings in these units use Class B magnet wire in the main windings, and Class H in the start winding. Be sure these are used in any LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL: This magnetic switch is rewinding. . voltage and current sensitive and it is not recom- mended that adjusting be attempted in the field. When installing a new switch assembly be sure the electrical pins properly engage the mating sockets tmotor. Be sure the gasket is installed properly he eight bolts are drawn up evenly. Always keep WIRING DIAGRAM the switch clean and do not lay on dirty bench or • table, as small metal burrs will be attracted to the permanent magnet and cause the switch to mal- function. MODEL 150-A (SINGLE PHASE) WHITE STARTING GOVERNOR MECHANISM: If the torque switch is replaced it is pressed on the shaft so 4E b GREEN that in its free state the distance from the plastic disc . C". RED .SW TCH 6 1111/ THERMOSTAT to the shaft shoulder is 1/4" to 9/32". 2,..2 i p—u:*— Z er SWITCH STARTING SWITCH: The distance from starting switch Bakelite back to humps on brass leaf to be ' 5/16" to 11/32" and contact gap to be .052 to .056. MODEL 150-M (SINGLE PHASE) -. WHITE • MOTOR SHAFT: Check shaft in seal area for nicks or ,,grooves deep enough to be perceptible to the .finger, 4e RED 3 ,II`QREEN , nail and replace if required. - ma, SWITCNG BLACK ow THERMOSTAT SEAL REPLACEMENT: Standard units are equipped with lip seals which are installed as follows: Fill the seal cavity in the motor shell with about one MODEL 150-M-RSC (SINGLE PHASE) spoon full of Andoc "C" or equal grease. Butter - ps of the seal with lubripate No. 107. Slip one ___ over the shaft and spread a liberal amount of 1---.1"" tn" grease on top of it. Slip the other seal over the shaft = a ,,I) � 1 GREEN*- and and press into position, flush with the surface of the / RSTARTINGD � I FLOAT casting. SWITCH Iswrrc�^ !„---;H,BLACK , On units equipped with mechanical seal, use THERMOSTAT ____.i • standard practices for installation. 2,81 sVC• 1B • 4[Etv'po iCE SHEET G►NEEAEp Enpo Pump Company SERV_WER MODEL 150-A, Roper Industries, Inc. • 420 EAST THIRD STREET, PIQUA,OHIO 46356 150-M & 150-M-RSC Models 150-A, 150-M, and 150-M-RSC Sump Pumps PARTS LIST & ASSEMBLY DRAWING -__ .7-7-9 8 I _�-- mto I --i 38 9 - ._ - '3 43 I i 4 39 \431 5 1 44 ,.\ �Iroild •• 6 40 I I, 20 (L,,, ,,,iti ; % 21 1- :......._____ ,-4 I �' 7 22 18 1 r 23 \ 21- - ® 26 Imp -46 42 - 49 1 29- 1 I 1 CO 17 0 Caj - . • / 1 1 1 29 01.1111111 CI 2,3)1 0 ( 49 25 41 THERMOSTAT MTO.BRACKET FOR HI TEMP 230V, SEXY, IPH.UNITS • ��11k. I 24 • I` I Y ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. _ �� 1 0• 19 LG..DRIVE SCR..StEEL.BRASS PLA IED,211E00. 625.191031 2 NAMEPUIE FOR 1 P11 MODELS 4229 -ACID) / 31 FOR 3 PII MODELS 4230 I 3 POWER CARE SPECOY PUMP MODEL.VOLTS. PHASE 8 LENGTH 4 19-HE%Hp.PIPE PLUG 625-00052 5 COVER CASTING FOR 150-A 69 367 32 FOR 150-M(NOW SHOWN, _ 69 364 6 8-32•3416.FILL.IID SCR.SEMS..S.S.. 611E00 1067 1 33 7 SWITCH MOUNTING PLATE GASKET FOR 150-A 69 213 6 SWITCH ASSY.FOR 150.A _ 5125 40301 I 01110 9 10-32•34LG.11E%.HO BOLT.S.S. 879500.FOR ISO-A 096-I I - 10 8-32• 56 LG.RD.H0.SCR..S 4 RE00.FOR 150.A 2.65.135 II FLOAT ARM, FOR 150A 4265 12 _DIAPHRAGM COVER FOR 750-A 66.407 34 13 SWITCH LEVER PIVOT PIN FOI1150.A 59.029.12 nye 14 SWITCH PIN FOR 150-A 4766 \W 16 OIAPIIRAGM,2 11E0 0. F011 150.A 66 009 r`1 79 BAIL BEARING _ 625.001116 �J gyp. 20 STARTING 6400900042 ® /8/f//- 36 ' 21 STARTING SWITCH INSULATOR FOR 150-M 64 D09 I 0.---94 JJ411//��/� �22 PACKING RINGS.SPECIFY POWER CABLE 10 OE USED 111111 ���� ,n 115V,60 CV..7 PI1ASE 625 00110 PHASE 625 00108 • 1/I elt�//////////// Y4� �1I I • 23 THERMAL OVERLOAD 115V.60 CY_I PHASE III IEMP 625 00156 (AI I��lll 230V.60 CY,.1 PHASE III IEMP 62500155 II III 24 AC•56 113..RD.HD.SCR., 4 REO O. 26 601 4 25 PACKING GLAND COVER 6so14 IA 26 INSULATOR I IERMINAL STRIP) 69-215 ` 2? TERMINAL STRIP • 69-354 28 8-32•3910.FIG HD.SCR..SEMS 15 MCI 0.150-A113 MOD 15OM) ^977.6FOIT 150-A I169 240 'I 17 29 STARTING SWITCH FOR 150-M N69.230 01111111111111 Illll"`IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII�irl''II I� 30 TORQUE SWITCH 59202 , • r,„, 1 I 31 ROTOR ASSY. 1 PIIASE 69 295 001 3 PIIASE 69.295.002 32 SPACE WASHER 4354_ 33 BALL BEARING _ 625.00015 115 VOLTS.60 CYCLE.1 PHASE 51600 00630 34 STATOR 230 VOLTS.60 CYCLE.I PIIASE N60000030 230 VOLTS.60 CYCLE.3 PIIASE,FOR 150-M ONLY N600.00032 -36 10-32.339 LO.790.M.SCR. 4 NEO O. 4.1303 36 SHELL 69275 37 SHAF I SEAL. 2 EACII 66001 37 • 4110 38 10.32 ACORN NUT, FOR 750-A _ 16 4.7 39- 0007. F011 150.A 69-145 !� 40 FLOAT,FOR 150-A PLASTIC 66 008 I u COPPER 66012 I _41 FLOA1 ROD. FOR 150-A •_66421 . 42 FLOAT WEIGHT, FOR 150-A 66,_018 43 VOLUTE - 69.7711100 44 IMPELLER 69.276 -- 45 VOLUTE GASKET 69 -_JI 278 46 10-32•212 LO,no H0.SCR., 561E00. 2.705.1 47 THEIIMOSIAI M1G.BRACKET.(NOT SHOWN) 69609 - e� 01 872••XIS%WI 110 SCR,4MOU _. 7A11 2/Al SVC.•1 In _ _ __ SMITH & LOVELESS ENGINEERING STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS SYMBOL 11TLE 9125 r DIAP1DkAGM AIR'CONPRESSOR SHEET 1 3 OF Data Process. Deseriptipn COPTRESSOP AIR 7 V l EA ti .ic fty 7 6 a.,,, _4___-T Z. 3 4 4 iiic-2e, z , 00 1 ID i If 1 1 /6 6)-- ------ _____ o I - -...":- w -- . , - i 1 I ce C P.1 6 i3 .... Cli-: 0 HE , 1 . 5 illiiiiiiiiiilloP ! r[ . ---",, ...1....... .3 p..1 /2 —.._.— E_____4___,H W a D & T 10-32 D & T 1/4-18 NPT Cord 36" Outside Length NOTES: . " M ts+ 2. To have 1/4.18 NPT female discharge connection and to be painted S&L green ›...1 and red. m a 3. To have 115 VAC, 60 Vertu shadedpole motor, 3.0 full load a a . , amperes complete with built-in Thermal overload protection. 4. To be supplied with 3' 0" outside length 3 wire cord complete with grounding plug 11 i p m v W i 13 J E 1 1 o V SMITH & LOVELESS ENGINEERING STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS SYMBOL TITLE 9L25 DIAPHRAGM AIR COMPRESSOR SHEET 2 OF: ' rata Process. D.s„i'iption. T COMPRESSOR LIR U'M ' El, ceREFER TO SHEET 3 FOR PART NUMBER LISTING coee0000 z 0 a W tin ■ 11J 0 CC i1 • v __,_ r • V NIP . A1 i %le g me) m is 0, , ,,, ,d, 0 UJ 111.1111!(41 \\\\\\'\\�• $IIIIII IN • .., , a.''. ® ` 0\ �`o` \\�R r�`^ �■■■�,.. /^`fit`:..x.q CO Wilt S 4%4:1/ i P*.1/0411111111 i 1 0 % trzay. 1 _., ,1:5; iniankria, si ihSkt, i• , , 1111 ,, Jill N CI _...... k,, 111 :233 1 ' 0, 0 C ,....14 C� W ii lJ ' ri m1� .0 tu Q °IMilillfrArawb.---4,ffe2x.st-iansoo,----04 a �s s N c.) e� . }`r P m L . , Y ~ 11± 0OG1 Q INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS & PARTS LIST SHADED-POLE BLOWERS 7L240-4C054A FORM I 551980 4040 7L277-4C0444 07791326/1050 7L297 -2C946A 2sc Specifications and Performance (Below and Chart, Page 2) aismi • �h may`.... l O O 4:e, ' L : u u se 1 � P 9/32 DIC.HOLE) -W Figure 1 —Shaded-Pole Blowers lDescription _ MOUNTING FLANGE DIMENSIONS The Dayton shaded-pole blower, finished in grey MODEL H W enamel, is a single speed unit designed specifically for heating,cooling,exhausting,ventilating and dry- 2C841 5" 41/2" ing.It is field interchangeable with most direct drive — --4 blowers and can be mounted in any discharge posi- 2C917A 5" 41/" tion. Blower is driven by a shaded-pole motor. 2C946A — — Models 2C917A,2C946A,4C054A,4C444,and 4C445 4C054A — — feature automatic-reset thermal protection which — automatically shuts off the motor should excessive 2C906 5" 6" temperatures develop. 4C444 5" 41/2" For additional information, see Specifications and 6" Performance Chart. 4C445 General Safety Information 1. Follow all local electrical and safety codes, as condition is normal if operated at rated load and well as the National Electrical Code (NEC) and voltage—modern motors are built to operate at the Occupational Safety and Health At(OSHA).O9 higher temperatures. 2. Blower must be securely and adequately 6. Protect the power cable from coming in contact grounded. This can be accomplished by wiring with sharp objects. with a grounded,metal-clad raceway system,by 7. Do not kink power cable and never allow the using a separate ground wire connected to thecable to come in contact with oil, grease, hot bare metal of the blower frame,or other suitable surfaces, or chemicals. means. 3. Always disconnect power source before work- 8. Make certain that the power source conforms to .11IL ing on or near a motor or its connected load. If the requirements of your equipment. •, the power disconnect point is out-of-sight, lock 9. Wiping or cleaning rags and other flammable „. it in the open position and tag to prevent unex- waste materials must be placed in a tightly pected application of power. closed metal container and disposed of later in 4. All moving parts should be guarded. the proper fashion. s. 5. Be careful when touching the exterior of an 10. When cleaning electrical or electronic equip- operating motor— it may be hot enough to be ment, always use an approved cleaning agent painful or cause injury.With modern motors this such as dry cleaning solvent. I.••M AOfA FORM,5S1980 MODELS 2C841, 2C917A, 2C946A, 4C054A, 2C906, 4C444 & 4C445 4040 OIL HERE r. , P e\-Y.iii ) 1 I kil. .IIIIIIMAN ._.____1 .....1 • GROUND / 1 2 WIRE ------1- --- __ //- - it ©0 5 6 O 4 REQUIRED (---- u• P.9 , BOTTOM IJP TOP DOWN HORIZONTAL BLAST HORIZONTAL BLAST Figure 2 - Replacement Parts and Typical Installation Discharge Positions i i Specifications and Performance Chart SPECIFICATIONS PERFORMANCE WHEEL SIZE MOTOR OUTLET. OVERALL DIMENSIONS OPENING CFM AIR DELIVERY AT SPEED MODEL DIA. W HP SPEED P"' H W H - W D AND STATIC PRESSURE (SP) SHOWN WATTS AMPS REDD. free 0.1" 0.2" 0.3" 0.4" 0.5" I 2C841 6 5/16" 2 7/8" 1/12 1 115V 4 5/16" 3 25/32" 11 1/8" 7 27132" 10 5/16" Air SP SP SP SP SP SPEED 50/60 Hz 185 2.90 350 340 328 312 296 274 1585• 230V Free 0.1" 0.2 0.3" .0.4" 0.5" 2C917A 6 5/16" 2 7/8" 1/12 1 4 5/16" 3 25/32" 111/8" .7 27/32" 10 5/16" Air SP SP SP SP SP SPEED A 50/60 Hz 185 1.45 350 340 328 312 296 274 1565' 115V Free 0.1" 0.2" 0.3" 0.4" 0.5" 2C946A 8" 4 1/8" 1/6 1 5 9/16" 6 3/16" 14 7/8" 11" 13 1/8" Air SP SP SP SP SP SPEED 0 60 Hz 370 5.60 815 767 716 663 604 537 1030• 115V Free 0.1" 0.2" 0.3" 0.4" 0.5" 4C054A 8 1/2" 5" 1/5 1 5 9/16" 73/16" 14 7/8" 12 3/4" 13 1/8" Air SP SP SP SP SP SPEED 0 60 Hz 455 6.80 980 940 890 843 788 730 1050' Free 0.1" 0.2" 0.3" 0.4" 0.5" 2C906 6 5/16" 4 9/32' 1/10 1 115 V 4 1/4" 5 3/16" 11 1/8" 9 1/2" 10 5/16" Air SP SP SP SP SP SPEED 60 Hz 225 3.25 525 500 475 447 415 387 1572" Free 0.1" 0.2" 0.3" 0.4" 0.5" 4C444 6 5/16" 2 7/8" 1/12 1 115 V 4 5/16" 3 25/32" 11 1/8" 7 27/32" 10 5/16" Ai SP SP SP SP SP SPEED 0 50/60 Hz 185 2.90 350 340 328 312 296 274 1585' 1 Free 0.1" 0.2" 0.3" 0.4" 0.5" t 4C445 6 5/16" 4 9/32' 1/10 1 115 V Air SP SP SP SP SP SPEED 4 1/4" 5 3/16" 11 1/8` 9 1/2" 10 5/16" ,--- - 225 3.25 A 60 Hz 525 500 447 442 415 387 1570''. CI Automatic-Reset NOTE:All data based on 60 Hz operation.Units capable of operat- Thermal Protection ing on 50 Hz will have approximately a 20%decrease in flow rate *At Free Air performance. -2 - • Setting the controls Controls and operation: • Operating conditions • Built-in humidistat • Removing collected water { Yy Setting the controls Plug the electrical cord into any When the dehumidifier is first put All models are supplied with a properly-grounded 110/120 volt into operation, it will remove rela- sturdy, high-impact Styrene, 10- A.C.outlet.Turn the Humidity Con- tively large amounts of moisture. It quart bucket (a) which hangs con- trol Knob clockwise until the unit will continue to do so until the rela- veniently on the back of the unit to starts. Model ED151A is equipped tive humidity in the area being dried accumulate the water removed with an on-off switch only.Turn the is reduced to a point where mois- from the air. All dehumidifiers, knob to the"ON" position. The fan ture damage will not occur. After except model ED151A are also will immediately begin to pull mois- this, the amount of moisture re- equipped with an Automatic Shut- ture-laden air from the room across moved from the air will be consider- Off Switch(b)which stops the unit the dehumidifying coils. The coils ably less. The reduction in the before the bucket fills to overflow- condense or "draw off" the mois- amount of moisture being removed ing in the event that you forget to ture and the air flows out the front indicates that the dehumidifier has empty it. grille into the room as dry, warmed done its job and that it is maintain- air. ing the relative humidity at a safe On model ED151A, it is important When you first start the dehumid- level. The performance of the that you remember to empty the iffier, turn the s Humidity y Control dehumidifier should be judged by bucket when it is full since this the elimination of the dampness model does not have an automatic Knob clockwise until you reach odors rather than by the amount of shut-off switch. To eliminate emp- "MAX DRY". At this setting, the moisture being removed and de- tying the bucket periodically, con- unit will operate continuously. Al- posited in the bucket. nect a drain hose to the bottom of low the dehumidifier to operate at the drain tray. this setting for three to four weeks. A dehumidifipr will not eliminate After this period of time, careful consideration should be given to frost on windows in the winter time. (b) the amount of dampness in the area The reason for this is that the C.---j-- being dried. If the sweating has dis- dehumidifying coil will normally continued and if the dampness operate above freezing tempera- (c) D odors are gone,the Humidity Con- tures and, therefore, cannot pre- vent moisture from condensing on , ( the inside surface of a window pane - that is below freezing. It may be All models except ED151A are OFFO OON helpful to use a dehumidifier in an equipped with an AUTOMATIC 0 area such as a kitchen or laundry SHUT OFF or signal light that in- where there is a high level of dicates the bucket is full and the humidity.By reducing the humidity machine has stopped. When the in these areas,the frost on windows bucket is emptied, a switch will eo�s�A — in other parts of the home may be again turn the unit on and the dry- reduced. ing action will be resumed:This convenient device is activated by Built-in humidistat the weight of the water in the t � All models except the ED151A bucket. have a humidistat built into the When so equipped, the water level AUTOMATIC MAX dehumidifier to assure efficient, limit switch on the bottom rear of your SHUT OFF O OFFv ODRY economical operation.The Humid- unit is adjusted at the factory for a ity Control automatically starts the water level of approximately 3/4 bucket. trol Knob should be adjusted coun- dehumidifier when the humidity is If a higher water level is desired,turn terclockwise until the desired dry- excessive,and shuts it off when the the adjusting screw(c)in the center of ness is being maintained. The humidity is reduced to the position the stainless steel spring clockwise in dehumidifier should be kept in set on the control. The control has 1/2 turn steps until the desired level is operation as long as excess mois- an "OFF" position, and a "MAX reached. ture is present in the room air. DRY" position for use where very „„��,t,,,, low humidity conditions are � de- Operating Conditions sired. The control is adjustable to A light coating of frost on the coil is any position between "OFF" and V normal when the dehumidifier first "MAX DRY"to provide a"dryness" (e)— begins to operate due to the freon condition that suits your particular rushing through the coil. Under needs. (d) normal conditions, it should disap- Removing collected water pear within 60 minutes. It is also perfectly normal for frost to form \�--___ ___INN If you prefer, you can remove the on the coil when the temperature and connect any standard of the room is relatively cool(65°F —---- garden hose (d) to the threaded or lower) or if the humidity in the (e) nozzle(e)in the bottom of the drain room is low. Under these condi- tray to carry the water directly to a tions, the dehumidifier should be (a)-'Cr. I drain. The dehumidifier may also turned off. be placed directly over the drain. Page 1 Care and cleaning: • Exterior • Cleaning the coil Exterior be deposited on the wet dehumid- water to enter the electrical-ma- Do not use harsh cleaners; wax or ifying coil and then flushed away by chine compartment through the cir- furniture polish on the cabinet.Dust the natural drainage from the coil. cular opening behind the coil. Use with an oil free cloth or wash with However, after extended periods a squirt bottle or a syringe so that warm water only. of operation, a build-up of the mat- you can control the water. DO NOT ter may develop on the coil. It is TURN A HOSE ON THE COIL! Occasionally you may want to clean most readily removed when it is the front grille and the dehumidify- soft and wet by brushing it away The fan motor in the dehumidifier ing coil at the rear. with a soft brush such as a small is permanently lubricated at the paint brush, or pastry brush. If al- factory and under normal operating Use a vacuum cleaner and brush lowed to dry and harden, it is diffi- conditions, should not need addi- attachment to clean the grille. cult to remove and must be soaked tional grease or oil and softened.A pipe cleaner works Cleaning the coil nicely to clean out the threaded The air passing through the dehu- spout. midifier may be carrying consider- able quantities of dust, lint and fun- If you feel you must flush the coil, gus spores.Much of this matter will DO NOT permit a large quantity of Avoid-Service Check List Before you call for service—read this. You may save the cost and incon- You will be charged for a service requires nothing more than a venience of an unnecessary ser- call while the appliance is in war- simple adjustment you can easily vice call by first reviewing this easy ranty if the problem is not caused make in your own home or is a nor- • to use Avoid-Service Check List by defective product workmanship mal operating characteristic of the of the most frequently encountered or materials. appliance under certain conditions. situations that are not the result of defective workmanship or ma- Your new White-Westinghouse ap- Review this Avoid-Service Check terials. pliance is a carefully engineered List before calling for service. It product. Many times what appears may save you time and expense. to be a reason to call for service Find your problem here Possible cause How to fix it A. DEHUMIDIFIER DOES NOT OPERATE 1. Plug at wall outlet is disconnected. 1. Push plug firmly into wall outlet. 2. House fuse has blown,or circuit 1.Check by plugging another breaker has tripped. appliance or lamp into the same wall outlet. Replace the fuse or reset the circuit breaker. 3.The air dryness level your selected 1. Dehumidifier automatically shuts with the control has been reached. off when selected amount of moisture has been removed from the air. If you want to remove more moisture,turn the control to MAX DRY position.After the dehumidifier starts,reset the control knob to the desired setting. 4.The bucket on the back of the 1.Dehumidifier automatically shuts dehumidifier is full of water. off when water reaches a certain level in the bucket. Empty and replace bucket on back of dehumidifier. 5.Selector(ON-OFF)switch not 1.Turn switch to"ON"position. turned on. Page 2 „ l s.. Find your problem here Possible Cause How to fix it B. DEHUMIDIFIER RUNS TOO MUCH 1.Windows or doors near dehumidifier 1.Close all windows or doors to r are open to outdoors. the outside. 2.Area to be dehumidified is too large. 1.Check with your dealer to see if capacity of dehumidifier is adequate for your needs. 3.Air movement through dehumidifier 1.Grille may be dirty. Use brush is restricted. attachment of vacuum cleaner to clean grille. 2. Dehumidifying coil on back of unit may be dirty. It is easier to clean when slightly wet. DO NOT USE A LOT OF WATER.Clean the coils with a soft brush such as a pastry brush or small paint brush.A pipe cleaner may be used to clean the threaded spout. 3. Dehumidifier may be located improperly.There must be at least three feet of clearance at the front and at the rear of the unit. 4. Dehumidifier has been installed or 1. It can take up to 4 weeks with restarted recently. control set at MAX DRY for initial drying of room. 5. Humidity Control Knob is set on 1.Dehumidifier control will not turn MAX DRY. off the dehumidifier if control is on MAX DRY. C.DEHUMIDIFIER IS OPERATING BUT ROOM IS NOT DRY ENOUGH 1. Humidity Control Knob is in 1.Turn control to a dryer setting. wrong position. 2. Dehumidifier has been installed or 1.Control should be set on MAX DRY restarted recently. for the first 3-4 weeks after it has been installed or restarted. It may take this long for the room to become dry. 3. Dehumidifier is located improperly. 1. Dehumidifier is not expected to remove moisture from an enclosed area that is separated from the room where the dehumidifier is located. 4. Room temperature is too low. 1. Dehumidifiers are not expected to be operated when the room temperature is below 65°F. If there is heavy frost on the coils above the bucket,turn the dehumidifier OFF to allow frost to melt. Turn it back ON when frost,has melted, and the room temperature is above 65°F. 5. Refer to causes 1,2 and 3 under 1. See solutions for these causes. "Dehumidifier runs too much." D. DEHUMIDIFIER IS NOT REMOVING AS MUCH MOISTURE NOW AS WHEN FIRST INSTALLED 1.There is now less moisture in the air. 1.This is normal.The desired level of humidity has been reached. E.FROST APPEARS ON COILS ABOVE BUCKET 1. Dehumidifier has been turned on 1. It is normal for frost to appear on the recently. coil during initial operation.This frost will usually disappear within 60 minutes.The frost build-up is due to the freon rushing through the coil. 2. Room temperature is too low. 1. Refer to"How to Fix It"for problem C-4. 3.Air movement through dehumidifier 1. Refer to"How to Fix It" 1,2,3 for is restricted. problem 8-3. i, Page 3 Avoid-Service Check List Find your problem here Possible cause How to fix it E F.LITTLE WATER IS COLLECTED ON BACK OF DEHUMIDIFIER 1.The air dryness level you selected 1. Refer to"How to Fix It"for with the control has been reached. problem A-3. 2. Room air is sufficiently dry. 1. Less moisture will be removed from the air when it is dry. 3.Air movement through dehumidifier 1. Refer to"How to Fix It"for is restricted. problem B-3. 4.Room temperature is too low. 1.Refer to"How to Fix It"for problem C-4. G.BUCKET ON BACK OF DEHUMIDIFIER IS FULL 1.Sufficient moisture has been 1. Empty and replace the bucket. removed from the air to fill the bucket. H.WATER ON FLOOR— BUCKET OVERFLOWING 1. Bucket not installed properly. 1. Install bucket properly. 2. Bucket spring improperly adjusted. 1. Readjust bucket spring.See instructions under"Removing collected water",page 5. I.NOISE 1. Noise like a fan. 1.Air is moving through 1.This is a normal sound. the dehumidifier. 2. Rattling noise. 1.The coils on the back may be loose 1. Be sure the plastic separator is and vibrating. properly positioned between the coils on the back of the dehumidifier. Refer to the illustration below. PLASTIC SEPARATOR DEHUMIDIFYING COIL REAR OF UNIT Page 4 Litho in U.S.A. FORM 551980 MODELS 2C841, 2C917A, 2C946A, 2C906, 4C054A, 4C444 8 4C445 4040 Replacement Parts List Ref. Part Numbers for Model No. Description 2C841 2C917A 2C946A 4C054A 2C9064C444 4C445 1 Motor 3M058 7108-2661 3M727 7151-2676 3M059 7108-2659 7108-2675 0 675 2 Housing 8853-0300 8853-0300 8853-0306 8853-0311 8853-0301 8853-0300 8853-0301 3 Washer 0610-0033 0610-0033 0610-0033 0610-0033 0610-0033 0610-0033 0610-0033 4 Mounting nut 0010-0021 0010-0021 0010-0021 0010-0021 0010-0021 0010-0021 0010-0021 5 Blower wheel 0913-0010 _ 3 0010 0913-0010 0918 0012 0918-0043 0913-0019 0913-0010 0913-0019 6 Inlet ring 8793-0803 8793-0803 8793-0800 8793-0800 8793-0803 8793-0803 8793-0803 7 Mounting screw 0610-0069 0610-0069 0610-00690610-0069 _ 0 0069 _ 0610 0069 0610 0069 0610-0069 8 Gasket 0913-0008 0913-0008 0918-0009 0918-0009 0913-0008 0913-0008 0913-0008 Trouble Shooting Chart SYMPTOM POSSIBLE CAUSES CORRECTIVE ACTION Excessive Noise 1. Blower wheel contacting 1. Realign or replace housing 2. Foreign material inside hous- 2. Clean ing 3. Leak in duct work 3. Repair 4. Loose duct work 4. Secure properly Insufficient air 1. Leaks in duct work 1. Repair flow 2. Dampers and/or registers 2. Open closed 3. Obstruction in system 3. Remove 4. Clogged filters 4. Clean or replace Unit fails to oper- 1. Blown fuse or open circuit 1. Replace fuse or reset circuit ate breaker breaker 2. Defective motor 2. Replace ° 3. Automatic-Reset Thermal Pro- 3. Check for high (or low) volt- tector "tripped" age input or ambient tem- peratures in excess of 40°C 4r. (104°F) 4. Motor improperly wired 4. Re-wire —3 — FORM 5S1980 MODELS 2C841, 2C917A, 2C946A,4C054A, 2C906, 4C444 & 4C445 4040 Installation Maintenance 1. Mount the unit in the position most desirable to CAUTION: ALWAYS DISCONNECT POWER SUP- r your needs. PLY BEFORE SERVICING THE BLOWER OR WORKING WITH THE UNIT FOR ANY REASON. 2. Connect the leads to the appropriate power THIS IS ESPECIALLY IMPORTANT WITH UNITS source. EQUIPPED WITH AUTOMATIC-RESET THERMAL PROTECTION — UNIT MAY ACTIVATE WITHOUT CAUTION: A GROUND WIRE MUST RUN FROM WARNING! THE BLOWER MOTOR HOUSING TO A SUIT- The motor should be relubricated every 6 months ABLE ELECTRICAL GROUND SUCH AS A with 10 to 20 drops of SAE 10W or 20W non-deter- PROPERLY GROUNDED METALLIC RACEWAY gent oil (ML-type) or with electric motor oil. OR GROUND WIRE SYSTEM. Should further servicing of the unit be necessary, refer to the"exploded" view illustration as an aid in 3. Unit is ready for operation. disassembly and assembly procedures. Service Record DATE MAINTENANCE PERFORMED COMPONENTS REQUIRED ORDER REPLACEMENT PARTS THROUGH DEALER FROM WHOM PRODUCT WAS PURCHASED Please provide following information: • Model Number • Serial Number (if any) • Part Description and Number as shown in Parts List. L SMITH & LOVELESS ENGINEERING STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS tYMBOL TITLE DIAPHRAGM AIR COMPRESSOR SHEET_i__OF aDATA PROCESSING DESCRIPTION *UNIT OF MEAS. o• ITEM S&L NO. • QTY. DESCRIPTION 1 9L25-1 602775 1 SHAFT ROTOR& FAN ASSEMBLY 2 -2 633551 1 CORD-36" LENGTH OUTSIDE 3 -3 645571 1 •ECCENTRIC& BEARING ASSEMBLY i605002 1 GROUND SCREW 607153 1 CONNECTING ROD Z c 608212 1 DIAPHRAGM w =' 7 -7 608019 1 STATOR ILJ ft 8 -8 614316 1 FRONT COVER 9 -9 614554 1 MOTOR END CAP o + 616124 1 STEEL SCREEN a VALVE KEEPER STRIP 12 -12 621101 1 1 EXHAUST VALVE PLATE 13 -13 621102 2 INT.& EXH.VALVE FLAPPER 0 c 14 -14 656128 1 INT.VALVE PLATE co PLUG BUTTON HOUSING ( ., W 625207 2 FRONT COVER SCREW o W 625108 2 MOTOR END CAP SCREW N it +: 6 HEAD SCREW y VALVE PLATE SCREW 20 + 625114 1 CONN. ROD CAP SCREW 21 -21 625149 1 AIR FILTER SCREW 22 -22 + 1 FLAPPER VALVE SCREW 23 -23 625107 2 STATOR SCREW 24 -24 625244 1 ECCENTRIC SET SCREW 25 -25 626328 2 TERMINAL NUT 26 -26 626329 2 TERMINAL WASHER 28 -28 633158 1 EXHAUST PLATE GASKET 29 -29 633222 1 STRAIN RELIEF BUSHING + + 6410'37 1 AIR FILTER 31 -31 646124 2 END CAP BEARING 32 -32 660116 1 HOUSING 33 -33 610211 HEAD W + SCREW- INT.PLATE (ORIFICE) 3 626509 2 LOCKWASHER-STATOR SCREW NAMEPLATE (NOT SHOWN) ✓ 615415 1 SPACER ECCENTRIC 4 BEARING COVER m I o 607034 INSULATED CONNECTOR I 5 40 -40 633656 1 FAN i a0 41 646050 1 BALL BEARING t0 42 -42 645312 1 11111111111 *. • RECEIVING AND STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS SMITH & LOVELESS FACTORY-BUILT, TWO-PUMP LIFT STATION Please read the following instructions carefully. The future operation and appearance of your lift station will depend on the care it receives prior to initial operation. 1. Inspect the interior of your lift station for anode packs. touch-up epoxy kit, 3/8" x 3/8" x 3/4" pipe tee (for bubbler pipe), spare seal and any optional equipment purchased. 2. Check your station for broken or loose components which may have been damaged in transit. After inspecting the interior of the station, tie the cover securely and report any damage to the Customer Service Department of Smith & Loveless. 3. If you anticipate a period of 15 days or longer before installation and operation, make arrangements to connect 115 Volt power to the dehumidifier and sump pump to prevent condensation damage to the electrical components and interior finish. 4. If 115 Volt electricity is not available and you anticipate over one month's delay in installation and operation, we recommend removal of the plastic cover and instal- lation of a piece of plywood or masonite over the entrance to the station.This cover should be "blocked up" to permit "breathing"of the station. Make sure it is securely fastened so it will not be blown off or accidentally removed. 5. DO NOT remove the plastic covers from the entrance tubes until you are ready to install them. PSI-PS Form No.04-06-344 L • T 1MT RJ11R -MT D — IIAG-4C2A/4C2G10. , EJfi October,1985 (c&T ,�Smit &® 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. • • \7 l./ Love ss,Inc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 i 8 1 i HN■NN■■• •/■■tl■■•ON .Y■N: .-■.gyp a ■■■■■ N■■N■■■N■■■■■■■ ■■■NH■■■.:•gH:•Iq...I':1■I.U:%i:l:I::ll: ■■■■■■. W ••• .w Illillllgl{u111�i/l111'I11IIN11■�ullllim�ul i11111u1�11i11ullllnll uiiNui=fl ip;� V ■■■H•: ■■■■N.l■N.%■.::1 e■■■H■:IHn i LUSS I:.tl•••N■■ I NI•■I . :N■n ZWy iiiiifi1111nuI1nlllnllIIIlllllnlIIInllnlnululilnllllllugiili19n11111INI1I II 4 iL 11...::::::: CN�K�:■■■■:::■■HHNN■■ ■■■■N■=■ ■■■ •: ::::N■■■N■q■ �■�,N■■■N■■� • V W iiIimlinninuII.■ =Rlllullmuulll 111mnumnil 1111111ii1l!'l■iiiilllunlu i I •■N.•ggHq•NN•H. :N q■■�■■■■■■■ .. ■/ ■■N■•H .. I ■q■HN■■■U■q:U■�I■• wNN■■■■■■IN■■■■ Hq■UN■■■■ ■L•�■■i:I■■■■N�p■N Ti" O. 0 , �cn mumg II111IIIn::pHa::u:Il:u:IIUIuI:iuhI,I UhIRIII�u�u1uIr. I■I1■I.II_U1ImI IINI I 2 Li.. W N IN::::.gn:....U.•:•..l■.■N■ Na■■.■Mute ••■HN.N::::aa■:::��U•UII.■•■•i___■■I N■■: ■■■■ ■■N:ll ■ ■■■■■N ■■■■ ^■■I I ■■■■ ■ q■ 4 Cr g J = ml�1�1�n11innIUIHI1:9 :ii■hlillnuulln�Il1/! I:I■!�JIIIIIIlli•7bIIIUll o W 1n :::IaN•::■N■:::N:■tll:UU. U....ms i%::::�■::::. ..Im'':.:=•:i_i r mum.:U.■::■:1 I■I■■■: Z- N ■..H•HN...■.q■■ Ia■:. ■Nm HI■ .N. a■•N•IIINPI r. .•N v a ix 0. ' I. rHm11111M i Nm. IIu■::u■. ■■imlluliilu11rI ilmUuIIII InIN; pm N 0qt 0 C] 2 n U::.NI::::;i::l ..Uumaa■NiNN■■■II:UU:iii,v�w�I•C■■■i.■i■■•Siil■iprail::la: nn O ■■■■ ■ • NNN■■•N■ N■.■ NN NHq• ■■NN■� I ■I. \II N■p■■ �'N ■■SAI=UI „�,�. o ■M■gq:'NI:■■■H::\■■ :1111•••11. .Hgl\ ..N■ Y, I. I■ ■N,■= i' I":.i i qH� ■■ ■ ■■. ■ UUa.0 ■ '.N P n ate.p' N•.■ ■.N co M ° ■:■C:•ii�p;....m.11■1111: �■■.U.....U1i1.!A■■:!E.•.S ::i I �l,■UIN■ummulfl .. ' r N ■■ ■■■■■H■p. ■ ■■q.q■■■HNI.0 au ■■' U.0 rim_ 7■■■I■N■N.■■H:;■ ■ Nq■i�■1■::il:u ■N■■:iw:■WUUU�:■l■i�■�--■�•�...0 1UU ri■■■■■• \Ie'r.'AYU IIIIil�:�:■:1■1UI■■■ mmi H�•�NN■■■■■I■I■� ■■�■I ■q��■■ / ■■IN■.NI Id" 1� ■ ■ ■%:■J�■■■■.B■■I 0 cn iiiuiiulnn .: ;. ••■IS i' PZ IW.ui ,■AIIIIIi gr1 IA emlin' 00 W �- ■q■:gpp■H:�....n■s. ■ • n■/ U�q�■■/q■/■■W. H it al%Ua ■U'■ ■q, 1:117111:111 —. 1— ,nH■UINa•INN• N■■■ ■■: HUPWA.. ■ ■.I■ i717!rd l — nn.:::::::'i:: 1■ a.•.,':■„N.■.,� v„:!�!N.:!il�i�, iuuin . M ! ... '.'''''.:\Z 4 ■u •■tl.q•U MOOS:: ■ N q•I} _--” •U r. �r�.Illsi'■i:; IIH■■s= .1::■ ..'�i. Z ^ �.I I SE iCl1'. '�N� �/':Iu - p Y H .:: S H■N .. \.. �.N.. !� •NN:::::NH: ■pr 111.4 ....■N� i q■■■NU 41, ■■.FAa'. N■■ IP ``• ; V't IIInm Nnnliilnl:Ill� 1 1 4�itriP: . II51W■.•■.pl■■■.■ll ■ N ._..irulq■1 ■qNI•• .. .■■.qN■■.■l•. ■q =Wing■ F �A■ I .■■■N■ 'p I .. U.■ .■.r. O CC IN■■ ■ N■Y■■NV.4.■ .■ / N.I ■■ ' ..p qN■..■■■q�.■•■ N■■.y♦a ■I .a r.p■I 1■.I'. ■ ■N.r N■•.N■N.N■■NUN■■R■■M.`1.1 ■■■Y•IIN.N I■■ ■�NI ■1•■■NII!1■■■■■■'.■ .'\l■ O W ■. ■■■■..■■■.Ntl■.■N■■■■■■■■N�■.■■I.�■ I ■Y■N I NN M■■■qI ■■I. IN A ■:■.1�UIIUIUU p:N%:■q.■.■■■N■.N■IU■.■Uw ! q■q'.ir. ■ P..N.■■U'. .■ Opp• IY■N co ■ . ■.■!■■.�■■.!U� ■ II MH• III' N■■' I [1L MM / 1 itlighl.m.••UIH•:::••N•NO.a•.::N•PIU■■• '' OW:/U. •.U:�V■■U U IIN� ■.NNI■ RNI.■ ♦ mH■.■•��NNIH N• N.M. ..■ .a•= ■ •Ip•••�� N iii■I■I�NM.■w N NII. .NI■MULII•gULIO l igN1 \■ �'I .'• r.N..■.VAU.: 1'■N.:I■H\r/.. • .........•••••••••••••••••••••••••-••••••4.• ■ A I. ■p/■NSissr A.UI ■ 1■I q !.. ■•.N I■q.N..■■. .a.....■■■Nq■■■■..■. ■.% Mr, TA ■ u�� ■ rN'.j.NI..I■.N■MrU■iIM Z ■. ■■■ N■N ■■N ■•N I ■N■r. �■■■. ,■I■■ ■.A ■NN■ I ■■IA/ ■ ■ (■ :ll N.N■.■ . ■N■N■1U\...N■NN■.■ N�.■■.N■N d`!'.■�■■N■/ q.■�■■■ N■H■'N N■■■■■■■■■■ .IN■PI.I.wino. :■■■■I■N■.■I••NNI IIIIIgN■■•q■II•.■HUU1■t ■Itla.N■HN,■/e■ N`A■■■�.'IUU■■■�I�I l I.■q■�■ 1 ■:■■ 'I •.N■/.NI,NNII ■■I o •N 1•••■I•■■.Nq■tl.q■■1■i.■.■■ .■■ ur.N'UggAI.`N.Ipa.■■■_■••,,1 Au .■q■■..I:.O'J■NMH .■■■IH• —11 1■I ■.■:1:::::::.:11■%III■■•N.:I:N.B■gN�N�■�■■■•■■■NmmrgirI p/Ngw■p� N ��.N•q■M Ii '4.•.�■ :p1::: :%r.NN .l I1■•p 0 ■■■:■ HH■■■N.•■■INH■■N■.■■■■■■■•.N/N■•N•/■Ip■■■N _■■■N�INNUt'UUUgI ■■■r I U'I��■I ■■.I �,�■■.■ I f 11 .. O Q H...l ■■q•I■il■■■:H■N■■n■.::■q■O I■ ■■■r. 1■ 1 N.■ iI N'NI I Ir:NIN.■N■: .N ■I■H■•N•1�■I.N• ■ H �I1�_ I�, CD „Imam.•■.l::'::1■:::�:.:■■H.•■■�i1�♦■■I■N►I-ii: �'II:::i MMMMMMM MM■. : r.,1 u::: ::i Bug!i=�I:::i:i■..:' ,A ■ �U:.UIq�:UUi.N�N••I■.Y►l.a... •: I NN ■'.q■U��•■••�■N/.a•■ ■'.■y��■���.■■•'A■ ■.1.I gum II ..•■U•• q.l•■■■■p■ •:••■••N.■■.••I•• SW■'. aN A■■■.I N.NNP'��I■p■■S�I■.S■■p�N■M■.U■•I.A�..■.■■I P.UU•.■■tl■UUN•N_M■ �A• IIIHI■:::.�merli.•IpN•i■■■■i m■■ I. ra.,� ..A H:" N IH••.•.�-invm 1i%s ■w.NI 4:N!%■�I..■■■I Y/ N... ■IHN ..H•N I A.I■•�■•tl Amur avows:" I.M.N./ •HI !swami NN•q ■■■N■ tl .•■N•.■..■•q.■.•N.UU.'_ • IN•.N■■V.meq■.■I.•.Nq'I :N■N arm I.INI�■N.■M.■ I ■ • ■■■■ N�lE NN,I�1le P'.■■N■IN•■■■.I ■N. ....P I■q.■ NN•N •.,m N 1p ■ ■ ..N. 1'I::::N::::::.N�:::• :•IH.NNY-•I%U■N.■■1. NIN! ..■/ lU■N.N■r. � H/ .I ■ •.. ..—.., I .N•PPtl ■AM'. NU INI •ISMELT■.••■■.H. ■ ■ ■ II .N■•N.qNA•. Hr,��H•■.M�P IMP.I:II/IVA .■.' ■q�'/N=■.N■q.■1 ■•.... ■ •q.■I■••NOUN ■NNM,■_^N _ NN ■. ■"UN..N N■ .I .N I■■ ■•■ N■■■N • III.i:::U::.U:i•• :II U�U�� N■tl ■•.■• 'I ■pW H /N■NMI.NN._-II.Nq.NUU .AI ��q .r,p■.■■NN■NHq• ■• �■■■.��� N•N'�r�r�r,..1NNN:■H•...N/,N •.••••I .. H. ����/I•'/�•� I/ •. 1�••■.■■■ ■ ■■■ �•:•■■U::uL,___JJgM.N■_. P N•g,I■..N[N•NS■■■ .qARO■� i.MS•U AI'IUU•. ■N:II::U■N■I:•••••••:f:•■I■N • o ff^O .UI.:•Nf■:H.IIfI N■■la'IIIN i N r4U UUI.•YNIl:::l■■ I:■N.i■N■■N. N■■■N■■.•N■■■•.■■N• I■N■I N pp••N ■ ■■_i ■■■N•H•:I'N■.. _-r..N pp.I■.■ p�p.... pp 4. .N.tl. Hi■■■glq••'•Nq•U441.11 v/_' N.U._aNIUU•..P'• MN:: I.:ln w%I:::IPaIUU■N ..ii I• I:N: rI I�...■/ �`■A■Nr.N�p■� .- OM= p■ p./N■//�■■N.YL�N.■III I•■q•'1 H.H'A■.I:urau::MIPJIU U/■U:■ %I•■INUNHIU•:IYI�U�' ■MU■\\l.pl•l .8.�.�:':ii::::: UI\�I::tl.q.■NI NO.::I%1•■C•ord ■ ■■I■ II N/NI/I:�:N/%�YUU'..lhh..1Ul:IIi:■..■■ 1 1C�- r.Imo.•■.■■ II■H•IIH •■■N■. I•N- qI' 7rINU■.■m.. N ■.•■'I■.■IN_'i 'go sum I• ::' ':i I.� m s ■■ ... •. ,.......,.........„„....................--„...1.4,1___ ll.:.■•■: ... ■.■ ■IN.■ I IH: ■■N:mammmummm7mmommmammaliViNI.P'.I'I ••Mr.. ..■IN ni .■.IIN..iH.%•..:I N.N■■■■. lip/■I ■tl■■.■'IN■IINr. ■ .■• ■•I�■ •I• ■■ ■ NI I•IN',/ N■ ■...q H.■ N. ■ :■tlH•N■Hl�/NH'II-�..N/INII.A.....■:/I..q •.NII..:•/I../■.:.I�,.■■■P_"a•■.. :H• IN•II O ,,/1� . NI'l. _:.YN■.1.■. q■p I/••�■■■■■N I.N.... Nom- tl■'I■•■■ e Hal::'Imsm....u1 -'- .Y..■PN■:N.!.-'I-.I---N�HI..._ U NO: I/•\■q■■.I.'•H: :■HNI WOO O ■■•.N■III..■■N N■N•■ AtllUN.\I' N■ ■ ■.NII•r', •PUI►. a'..H.■.rI■..■ ■.I/N■I .•. ■ i..•■■I•■Hr.IIP'..0/II. g. N.■:H NIN•.•.1 I ►'. '.gid=NII■..•++N'Appy■.I/.■N■al.1AIN■NNN /•M■NII :I•.•II�linilNo -' :?. __W,I•■I II•P i!..... -!!'_ .'/■■■. N SO .vn■.••■G I■uN... ■■. ■. IN Mila.r.•��iC•p���.UU_:U:_II_■:A■■■ dl::N■:%■.N■N•^C-UUIVaNI uq IN�IIY�Um_o•N.HtrSI■:U:O:N U:■i r x "lij $ '0Ey' i'p0 3 -aa, _a cc to 3gat. 0xla3mma) <= • 0 cn �_ 3m Q. e. 0 .� s1 rt � � D.� n � rt �j � � rr '� 3rt_ . _ a0 cD 12. = :D = -Q !u = n .� 0 D CD 3 ox 0 _ M. 3 CD � �CO a C) CD CO -, 0CO c) o -� N CTco 3 0) Ui) CO W 01 CD 01 3 g o o w oN m w o o q, '� N O K) N o .i s1 x N G3 "t; -1 C0 ro � _ 3 1 .p 0) N (X) O co 0) w o N 0 o 0 N c v O C 0 C tr CD G,) 3 -s m 0 6 a a) o 0 a o 0 o w K in s) s 7:1 C '13 an -P N W O o ro r. w N w 0, - .a c Ca) r- o A °° o o CO N 0) O i > � o � o UQ 0 N V CO ro 3 D 0. < 0 CO - O c .4� ; Z. o y ib CO m s o o � '0 C O 13 a) i co -a CD CD 4 O O (D (D = C a vp C01p 3 Q- . - � (0 p Ccn I ? w 3 o 0 „).,74 Ts Qp O C) N V 0) o (i) m a, o C V C - N m — O U) (/) _' V . mW O ' c -a � _ Zgi ' C CCD 0 4 m ow . U, ms O K to s ^^ xo p C a) < 0 .Cv Orn C0 roCCCx -.•a _. - U) < (, ca DJ v s A 74 N N o w O, • o a'0 w N a 03 _. m -a 0 co C Q- Z . o0801 ' �• .-: ro' -• 3 S O V W O N W t� 0) 8 O A CT fD C -0 (0 - 0) CD QO d o .� (/) C7 c p CO p 7 C haCR 3 a • m < N V N w w 3 w A 'a fD O CD V V o iv co d al o 0 o N 0 •0 N Q1DSmith & Loveless, Inc. 14040 Santa Fe Trail Drive • Lenexa, KS. 66215 Oak Park Heights, MN Serial No. 07-7991-G II/A OPERATION & MAINTENANCE & MAINTENANCE OPERATION OPERATION & MAINTENANCE & MAINTENANCE OPERATION OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE OPERATION & OPERATION & MAINTENANCE NA9JA • Smith&Loveless,Inc.11Pi • Der, 0 IQQk, '987 Operation& Maintenance Manuals for -44 Equipment �? ,- Job No. Date /�- Enclosed are the Operation &Maintenance Manuals required on the above referenced Smith& Loveless equipment. Information concerning environmental requirements and installation instructions were placed with the equipment at the factory before shipment. These instructions should be followed immediately to avoid damage to the equipment, insure proper installation and to insure continuation of warranty coverage. Note: If this equipment is part of a federally-funded project, these Operation & Maintenance Manuals must be forwarded to the consulting engineer promptly for his use in making up the 0 & M package for regulatory officials' approval. These Operation &Maintenance Manuals include design data and actual field operation information concerning the equipment. Proper operation and maintenance, following the procedures outlined in these manuals, are vital to the satisfactory performance and long service life of the equipment. Smith & Loveless welcomes comments on Operation& Maintenance Manuals. Please forward any suggestions or comments to the Marketing Communications Department. Sincerely, Smith & Loveless u L4tt f' cTZ i Carol Katz Marketing Communications Dept. CK:dm Enclosures , CC: /YAP LAO Representative / Form No.04-06-56 1 I,I Form No. 04-06-09 S . Page 1of3 CUSTOM SERIES AND LARGE LIFT STATIONS CONSTANT SPEED & VARIABLE FREQUENCY MAINTENANCE MANUAL INDEX Effective Description Identification Number Date [X] Warranty /[X] Bulletin [X] Engineering Order 07-7991 [X] Wiring Diagram(s) See Engrg. Order [X] Station Submittal Drwg. D07-7991-1 [X] Installation Instructions Pp. 1 - 6 [X] Brush Application for "Versapox" [X] Instructions for Initial Operation Pp. 1 - 3 [X] Maintenance & Operating Instructions pp. 1 - 3 [X] Instructions for Replacing 0-Rings on S&L Check Valves 12-16-57 [✓] S&L Check Valves Bulletin [vi S&L Pump Bulletin [ .]' Saf-T-Climb Bulletin STC 10M 1-81 S S&L Pump Outline Drawings [X] 4B2, 4B2A, 4C2, 4C2A Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61011 Rev. L [ ] 4B3, 4C3, 4D3 Amps Wastewater Pumps, 61D12 Rev. L [ ] 4B4A, 4C4A, 4D4A Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D32 Rev. J [ ] 6B3, 6C3, 6D3 Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D13 Rev. J [ ] 6B3A, 6C3A, 6D3A Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D47 Rev. F [ ] 6B3C, 6C3C & 6D3C Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D64 Rev. D [ ] 6B4C, 6C4C & 6D4C Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61038 Rev. G [ ] 8B4A, 8C4A & 8D4A Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D16 Rev. K [ ] 8B4B, 8C4B & 8D4B Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D37 Rev. G [ ] 8B4C, 8C4C & 8D4C Amps Wastewater Pumps, 61D54 Rev. E [ ] 8C5A & 8D5A Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61036 Rev. G [ ] 1005A & 10D5A Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61036 Rev. G [ ] 1006 Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61D29 Rev. D [ ] 12D5 Pumps Wastewater Pumps, 61051 Rev. B [X] Replacing Mechanical Seal on S&L Pumps Wastewater Pumps [X) Shaft Seal Assembly (B Shaft) Wastewater Pumps, 6102 Rev. S [ ] Shaft Seal Assembly (C Shaft) Wastewater Pumps, 6105 Rev. S [ ] Shaft Seal Assembly (D Shaft). Wastewater Pumps, 61010 Rev. K S&L Pump Assembly Drawings [X] 4B2 & 4B2A Pumps 6101 Rev. J [ ] 4C2 & 4C2A Pumps 61017 Rev. C [ ] 4B3 Pumps 6103 Rev. J SI ] 4C3 Pumps 61D4 Rev. G [ ] 4D3 Pumps 61015 Rev. R 4111 Form No. 04-06-09 Page 2 of 3 CUSTOM SERIES AND LARGE LIFT STATIONS CONSTANT SPEED & VARIABLE FREQUENCY MAINTENANCE MANUAL INDEX Effective Description Identification Number Date [ ] 4B4A, 4C4A & 4D4A Pumps 61031 [ ] 4C5 & 4D5 Pumps 61069 [ ] 6B3 Pumps 6106 [ ] 6C3 Pumps 61D7 [ ] 603 Pumps 61D14 [ ] 6B3A Pumps 61043 [ ] 6C3A Pumps 61044 [ ] 6D3A Pumps 61045 [ ] 6B3C Pumps 61065 [ ] 6C3C Pumps 61066 [ ] 6D3C Pumps 61067 [ ] 6B4C Pumps 61046 [ ] 6C4C Pumps - 61039 [ ] 6D4C Pumps - 61040 [ ] 8B4A Pumps 61022 • [ j 8C4A Pumps 61023 [ ] 8D4A Pumps 61024 [ ] 8B4B Pimps 61053 [ ] 8C4B Pumps 61049 [ ] 8D4B Pumps 61050 [ ] 8B4C Pumps 61063 [ ] 8C4C Pumps 61055 [ ] 8D4C Pumps 61056 [ ] 8C5A Pumps 61034 [ ) 8D5A Pumps 61033 [ ] 1005A Pumps 61041 [ ] 10D5A Pumps • 61042 [ ) 1006 Pumps 61028 [ ] 12D5 Pumps 61052 [X] Seal Filter 1L371 05-75. [X] Motor Maintenance Instructions Pp. 1 - 2 • • [X] Soap Pump 8L1 [X] Parts List - Sump Pump 8L1 SVC-150 02-81 [ ] Sump Pump 8L45 [ ] Manual - Sump Pump 8L45 EP 332-84-2000 1984 [ ] Sump Pump 8L43 625-01732 01-83 [X] Air Compressor S&L 9L25, Shts. 1,2&3 04-80 [ ] Air Compressor 9L34 636167 (Thomas) 06-82 [ ] Air Compressor 9L35A 636262 (Thomas) 11-81 [ ] Air Compressor 9L36A 636427 (Thomas) 11-79 SE ] Air Compressor 9L36B 636429 (Thomas) 10-81 [X] Blower 7L277, 7L240 & 7L297 [ ] Blower [X] Dehumidifier [X] Receiving & Storage Instructions RSI-PS 4111 Form No. 04-06-09 Page 3 of 3 CUSTOM SERIES AND LARGE LIFT STATIONS CONSTANT SPEED & VARIABLE FREQUENCY MAINTENANCE MANUAL INDEX Effective Description Identification Number Date [ ] Maintenance Lift Outline Drawing • [ ] Maintenance Lift Maintenance [ ] Gleason Cord Reel - Parts List Bulletin 169 11-60 [ ] Variable Frequency Manual Louis Allis [X] Pump Performance Curve 4B2A, 7-1/2 HP, 1760 RPM [ ] Air Conditioning Inst. - Oper. Maint. Special Information and/or Bulletins Number of Copies 6 4110 • 4110 28L43 N86-41 5/86 nzszus3suszszraszsz=zymmrmzusam WarraudyCeitificate U NN: SMITH & LOVELESS, INC., Lenexa , Kansas, manufacturer of the Factory Built Pump U Station guarantees it to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of nup to one year commencing at the time the pump station is placed in operation by SMITH U & LOVELESS-authorized personnel, but in no event is the pump station guaranteed for n longer than 18 months from the date of shipment. This guarantee is contingent upon start-up U of the pump station by SMITH & LOVELESS-authorized personnel, and the guarantee will . nbe voided if start-up is performed by anyone else. nSMITH & LOVELESS will be the single source of responsibility to the owner for the guaran- 2 tee of the pump station and all its components provided by SMITH & LOVELESS. During the guarantee period, if any part is defective or fails to perform as specified when operating at design conditions and if the pump station has been protected prior to start-up and has been installed and is being operated and maintained in accordance with the written 2 instructions provided by SMITH & LOVELESS, SMITH & LOVELESS will repair or exchange at our discretion such defective part free of charge. Defective parts must be returned by the owner postage paid to SMITH & LOVELESS, if so requested. When covered by the above guarantee, SMITH & LOVELESS will provide, without cost to the owner, such labor as may be required to replace, repair or modify the following, but no other, major components: the steel structure, principal pumps, pump motors, suction • and discharge piping and valve assembly. Except for labor provided by SMITH & LOVELESS U under the preceding sentence, the cost of labor and any other expenses resulting from replacement of defective parts and from installation of parts furnished under this warranty shall be borne by the owner. nSMITH & LOVELESS will not assume responsibility for the cost of any repairs or alterations N: n made to the pump station structure or its components unless SMITH & LOVELESS has given specific written authority therefor. nnThe replacement or repair of parts normally consumed in service, such as pump seals, light bulbs, oil, grease, etc., are considered as part of routine maintenance and upkeep and such parts are not eligible for repair or exchange free of charge under this warranty. SMITH & LOVELESS makes no other warranty expressed or implied and SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THE FACTORY BUILT PUMP STATION OR AS TO ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR . n PURPOSE. SMITH & LOVELESS is not responsible for consequential or incidental damages G of any nature resulting from such things as, but not limited to, defects in design, material, workmanship, or delays in delivery, replacements, or repairs. 2 nal* nSmith&Loveless,Inc. II2 P.C. 05,06,07,08,09,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,25,26 8 ,-, — — SZSZSZSZ=SZSISSIZSZ=MMSZSZSZSIZ= Form No.04-06-173(4/85) • • PUMP STATIONS Smith & Loveless Page 1 of 2 Product Codes: 07, 08, 09, 10, 11, 12, 13, 17, 18 PARTS LIST * [] F60A119A Complete'Seal, 1-7/8" * [] F60A120A Complete Seal, 2-1/8" * [] F60A121A Complete' Seal, 3" * [] 60A26 Volute Gasket * [] 60A28 Volute Gasket * [] 60A28 & 29 Volute Gasket * [] 60A110 Seal Housing Gasket for 1-7/$" * [] 60A111 Seal Housing Gasket for 2-1/8" * [] 60A112 Seal Housing Gasket for 3" * [] 1L371E Filter Element 4L187 Alternator 5L161 Socket Base for 4L187 4L343A Bubbler Timer 4L200D Pressure Switch 9L25 Bubbler Compressor (two per station) 7L277 Vent Blower • 4L14A Contact Block 4L108A Auxiliary Relay 4L342 Blower 15 Min. Timer (replaces 4L41A) 11L119AA Lock Cylinder Only * 11L119AD Station Key * [] 60Al2 Impeller Bolt, "B" and "C" Shaft * [] 60A87 Impeller Bolt, "D" Shaft [] 60A20 Impeller Washer, "B" and "C" Shaft [] 60A86 Impeller Washer, "D" Shaft 1L186A Snubber 1L142AA 1/4" Natural Tubing 1L142CA 1/2" Natural Tubing 1L142BB 3/8" Green Tubing [] 8L1 Sump Pump * [] 8L1-C Sump Pump Switch Assembly [] 8L9 Sump Pump * [] 8L9-D Sump Pump Switch Assembly [] 8L43 Sump Pump 12L104A Versapox, Dark Green (qt. ) 12L109A Versapox, Light Green (qt. ) 12L105A Catalyst (qt. ) • r - PUMP STATIONS 1111 Smith & Loveless ;Page 2 of 2 Product Codes: 07, 08, 09, 10, 11, 12, 13, 17, 18 PATS LIST [] 2L34A Spring Laded Check Valve, 4x4, S&L [] 2L35A Spring Loaded Check Valve, 4x6, S&L 55A9 Flapper 55A23 Arm 55A11 Seat 4" 55B25 Shaft * 55A20 Gasket * 11L4C "0" Ring * 11L85C Roll Pin. [1 2L35B Spring laded Check Valve, 4x8, S&L [] 2L35D Spring L aded Check Valve, 6x8, S&L 55A16 Flapper 55A25 Arm 55A17 Seat 6" 4111 55B26 Shaft * 55A24 Gasket * 11L4F "0" Ring * 11L85D Roll Pin! • *Suggested Spare Parts 4111 Form No. 04-14-75 (Rev. 8/85) r - 1 4111 PUMP STATION ENGINEERING ORDER CUSTOM SERIES LOCATION Oak Park Heights, MN STATION SERIAL NO. 07-7991-G OWNER C. W. Houle Landscaping, Inc. ENGINEER Bonestroo Rosene Anderlik & Assoc 1. Station Size Custom Series (Dia. ) 7'-0" Height 8'-6" Inside Height Sump Pump Part No. 8L1 2. Suction Piping (P.E. ) (D.I. ) Pump 1 6" Pump 2 6" Pump 3 Pump 4 3. Suction (Gate) Valve Pump 1 6" Pump 2 6" Pump 3 Pump 4 4. Pump Discharge (Gate) Valve Pump 1 6" Pump 2 6" Pump 3 Pump 4 5. Common Discharge Outlet (P.E.) (D.I. ) Size 6" 6. Entrance Tube 36" Dia. x 13'-6" Long 7. Main Conduit Size 1-1/2" Aux. Conduit 3/4", 1/2" (Describe) For future telemetry lines, and Alarms Blower Part No. 7L277 8. Electrical Service System Data: 3 Phase 60 Cycle 240 Volts 4 Wire 9. 110V Single Phase Current available KVA Trans. Req'd V to 120 VAC 10. Depth of Bury Ground Elevation to Base Pad 20 ' - 6 " Base Reinforcing Package (Yes) . PUMP & MOTOR DATA III PUMP DATA PUMP 1 PUMP 2 PUMP 3 PUMP 4 Design Characteristics (GPM ® TDH) 200 B 65' 200 ® 65' Pump Model 4B2A 4B2A Impeller Diameter 8-3/8" 8-3/8" Rotation (CW) (CCW) CW CCW S&L Mech. Seal-Filter Ass'y (Size) 1-7/8" 1-7/8" Pump Serial Number MOTOR DATA (INVENTORY CODE) Horsepower 7-1/2 7-1/2 R.P.M. 1760 1760 Phase/Cycle/Volts • 3/60/230 3/60/230 Motor Serial No. (Code Ltr. ) Squirrel Cage (SC) or Wound Rotor (WR) SC SC Special Modifications . _ Across-The-Line (AL) or Part Winding (PW) Start AL AL CONTROL PANEL DATA TYPE NEMA' 1 • WIRING DIAGRAM NO. C07-7991-30 MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT PUMP 1 PUMP 2 PUMP 3 PUMP 4 Circuit Breaker - Trip Rating - Amps 50 4L202H 4L202H Magnetic Starter - Nema ema Size 1 4L330BB 4L330BB • 0.L. Coil No. FH AUXILIARY BLOWER SUMP AIR COMPRESSORS CIRCUIT BREAKERS LIGHTS DEHUMIDIFIER PUMP & CONTROL TRANSPOMER Trip Rating-Amps 15 20 15 15 410 Serial No. 07-7991-G PUMP STATION ENGINEERING ORDER (PAGE 2 OF 3 ) S&L BUBBLER CONTROL SYSTEM LOW HIGH HIGH H2O PRESSURE SWITCH SETTINGS LEVEL LEVEL (L&R) ALARM P. S. SBL Part No. 4L200D 4L200D 4L200D High Level Actuation (Feet) 3.5 4.0 4.5 Low Level Actuation (Feet) 2.0 1.5 2.5 OTHER CONTROL & AUXILIARY APPARATUS: (The following equipment is standard equipment on all Smith & Loveless Pump Stations. It is listed here for the engineers and customers information only. Any deviations shall be listed in space provided below). Automatic Alternator Plastic "Level-Set" Indicator Tube Air Compressors Magnesium Anodes (2 provided) S&L Air Flow Indicator Spare Volute Gaskets Nema 3 Wire 1 Phase Duplex Receptacle Spare Pump Filter Cone S&L Damtite Seal (Spare) Touch-Up Kit (Paint-Brushes) Dehumidifier Blower Timer SPECIAL MODIFICATIONS - ADDITIONS - AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT 1. Provide the following alarm relays: Station flooding by means of a float switch and pump 4111 failure. (All alarms are to provide local and remote indication). Remote alarm contacts to be N.C. 2. Provide an 115 VAC alarm light. 3. Provide a discharge pressure gauge for each pump. Gauges shall be41/2"diameter, glycerin filled, Bourdon tube type with S.S. case, bayonet ring, movement and 3" bottom connection. Lense shall be laminated safety glass. Gauge calibrated in PSI and feet of water. 4. Provide a wet well level diaphragm gauge with a 3-1/2" dial calibrated in 0"-100" of water. 5. Provide running time meters for each pump. 6. Provide a std. duplex direct air bubbler system. 7. Provide CL 53 D.I. piping. 8. Provide lamicoid nameplates. ' 9. Provide ladder safety cable device with retractable top section with a crank and screw device for adjusting cable tension, steel aircraft cable, bottom bracket S.S. safety clamp and nylon web safety belt. 1111 10. Provide a Time Mark Model #A-258B or Allen Bradley 813S phase monitor relay with an indicator light mounted on the control panel door to show when phase monitor has operated to shut down pump. 4111 SPECIAL MATERIALS • Location: Oak Park, MN Serial No. 07-7991-G Page No. 3 of 3 11. Provide power factor correction capacitors on the load side of each pump motor starter, but proceeding the meter overload elements Capacitors shall be self-healing type with internal protection against case rupture and shall not contain any PCBA type oils. Indicating lights shall be provided in each enclosure to show status of each fuse. Capacitors sized to correct motor power factor to 95%. 12. Provide a wet well simulating valve. 13. Provide time delay relay to prevent simultaneous starting of pump motors after power failure. 14. Provide called for (amber), run (green), and failure (red) indicating lights for each pump. 15. Provide a labeled indicating light for each alarm condition on the control panel. 16. Provide a push-to-test device to activate all indicating lights and the common external alarm light. 1111 17. Provide automatic lid switch for lights and blower. 18. Provide 3rd. perpendicular basebeam. 19. Provide (2) spare impellers trimmed to present design conditions. 20. Provide duplex GFI receptacle on control panel (in lieu of standard). 21. Provide a spare seal, filtercone, and volute gaskets for each pump. (2 sets of spare parts) . 22. Loss of air in bubbler system alarm is required for local and remote indication. SALES ENGINEERING Maintenance Manual Qty. COMPANION JOB SERIAL NOS. PREPARED BY DATE Rep 1 • CM 7-31-87 Job File 0Contractor 5 Form No. 04-06-82 (Rev. 11/83) 1 1RJIff Custom Series Pump Station II Installation Instructions 4. Page 1 August,1984 • Smith&"' 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. Loveless,Inc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 TYPICAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FACTORY-BUILT SEWAGE PUMPING STATIONS Your Smith & Loveless pump station is a complete factory: The,following tables are for your convenience in selecting the built unit, including all equipment ready to operate. It has proper switch, fuse, conduit and wire sizes for the electrical been thoroughly tested at the factory by actual operation on service to the station. However, selections should be verified our test floor. Every item of mechanical and electrical equip- by a local regulatory authority before installation of the station. ment has been operated and found free of defects. Minimum installation expense can be realized by reading care- fully these installation instructions before performing any work. Installation of a Smith & Loveless pump station is very - simple. However, it is highly important that this station be installed properly because certain errors that could be made can be corrected only at a very considerable, almost prohibi- tive expense. ELECTRICAL POWER Lack of electrical services can create long delays in completing an installation.Therefore, it is advisable to notify the electrical contractor and/or the local power company,well in advance of the actual installation, of the requirements for the electrical service. 411 ELECTRICAL SERVICE REQUIREMENTS The station requires a power supply for the pumps and a 120- volt AC single-phase, 60 cycle supply at 40 amperes for lights, controls and auxiliaries. A weatherproof fused disconnect switch must be provided for the pump power service and a separate weatherproof fused disconnect switch for the single-phase service except where 3-phase,4-wire 120-volt phase to ground service is provided,or the station is supplied with a single-phase transformer for the auxiliary supply. Where a single-phase transformer or 1-phase leg of a 3-phase, 4-wire service is used for the auxiliary single-phase potential, the fuse and wire size of that phase leg should be checked and increased to compensate for the auxiliary load,if necessary. SYSTEM GROUND The system must be ground at the service entrance switch in accordance with the National Electrical Code and/or any local codes, and a suitable ground conductor carried to the ground connect in the pump station control panel. A conduit or direct burial cable installed in accordance with the National Electrical Code and/or local codes must be supplied • from the disconnect switch, or switches,to the connection on the station entrance tube.Wire of adequate size and insulation must be supplied from the fused disconnect switch to the sol- derless connectors in the control panel. r Custom Series Pump Station Installation Instructions Page 2 TWO PUMP STATION July,1980 PUMP 208 VOLTS MOTOR FUSIBLE FUSIBLE FUSE COPPER ALUMINUM HORSE LOAD ENTRANCE AMPS WIR CONDUIT WIRE CONDUIT POWER AMPS SWITCH SIZE SIZE SIZE _ SIZE 1 9 30 10 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 1-1/2 13 30 15 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 2 17 30 20 12 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 3 24 30 25 10 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 5 38 60 40 8 1-1/4 8 1-1/4 7-1/2 55 60 60 6 1-1/4 4 1-1/4 10 70 100 704 1-1/4 3 1-1/2 15 104 200 110 2 I 1-1/2 1/0 2 20 134 200 150 1/0 2 3/0 2 25 169 200 175 2/0 2 4/0 2-1/2 30 198 200 200 3/0 2 250 MCM 2-1/2 - 40 258 400 300 2-1/0 Pe';0 2-1/2 2-3/0 Per 0 3 50 321 400 350 2-2/0 Pe 0 3 2-4/0 Per 0 3-1/2 60 381 400 400 2-3/0 Pe 0 3 2-250 MCM Per 0 3-1/2 TWO PUMP STATION PUMP 230 VOLTS MOTOR FUSIBLE FUSIBLE FUSE COPPER ALUMINUM • HORSE LOAD ENTRANCE AMPS WIRE CONDUIT WIRE CONDUIT POWER AMPS SWITCH SIZE IN SIZE SIZE SIZE 1 9 30 10 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 1-1/2 12 30 15 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 2 16 30 20 12 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 3 22 30 25 10 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 5 35 60 35 8 1-1/4 8 1-1/4 7-1/2 50 60 50 6 1-1/4 6 1-1/4 10 63 100 704 1-1/4 3 1-1/2 15 95 100 100 3 1-1/2 1 1-1/2 20 122 200 125 1 1-1/2 2/0 2 25 153 , 200 175 2/0 2 4/0 2-1/2 30 180 200 200 3/0 2 250 MCM 2-1/2 40 234 400 250 250 MCM 2-1/2 2-2/0 Per 0 3 50 293 400 300 2-1/0 Per 2-1/2 2-3/0 Per 0 3 60 347 400 350 2-2/0 Per 3 2-4/0 Per 0 3-1/2 1 - III L i Custom Ser.es Pump Station Installation Instructions TWO PUMP STATION Page 3 July,1980 • PUMP 460 VOLTS _Y MOTOR FUSIBLE FUSIBLE COPPER ALUMINUM FUSE HORSE LOAD ENTRANCE AMPS WIRE CONDUIT WIRE ' CONDUIT POWER AMPS SWITCH SIZE SIZE SIZE SIZE 1 5 30 5 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 1-1/2 6 30 6 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 2 8 30 8 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 3 11 30 12 14 1-1/4 17 1-1/4 5 18 30 20 12 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 7-1/2 25 30 25 10 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 10 32 60 35 8 1-1/4 8 1-1/4 15 48 60 50 6 1-1/4 6 1-1'4 20 61 100 7C 4 1-1/4 3 1-1/2 25 77 100 80 4 1-1/4 2 1-1/2 - 30 90 100 90 3 1-1/2 2 1-1/2 40 117 200 125 1 1-1/2 2/0 2 50 147 200 150 1/0 2 3/0 2 60 174 200 175 2/0 2 4/0 2-1/2 75 216 400 225 4/0 2-1/2 2-1/0 Per¢ 2-1/2 100 279 400 300 2-1/0 Per 0 3 2-3/0 Per 0 3 • THREE PUMP STATION PUMP 208 VOLTS MOTOR FUSIBLE FUSIBLE FUSE COPPER ALUMINUM HORSE LOAD ENTRANCE AMPS WIRE CONDUIT WIRE CONDUIT POWER AMPS SWITCH SIZE SIZE SIZE SIZE 1 13 30 15 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 1-1/2 19 30 20 12 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 2 25 30 25 10 1-1/4 8 1-1/4 3 35 60 35 8 1-1/4 8 1-1/4 5 55 60 55 6 1-1/4 6 1-1/4 7-1/2 79 100 80 4 1-1/4 2 1-1/2 10 100 100 100 3 1-1/2 1 1-1/2 15 150 200 150 1/0 2 3/0 2 - 20 194 200 200 3/0 2 250 MCM 2-1/2 25 244 400 250 250 MCM 2-1/2 2-2/0 Per 0 3 30 286 400 300 2-1/0 Per 0 2-1/2 2-3/0 Per 0 3 - 40 372 400 400 2-3/0 Per¢ 3 2-250 MCM Per 0 3-1/2 50 465 600 500 2-250 MCM Per 0 3-1/2 2-350 MCM Per 0 4 60 550 600 55 2-300 MCM Per 0 4 2-500 MCM Per 0 5 0 r r 1 Custom Series Pump Station Installation Instructions Page 4 July,1980 THREE PUMP ST TION PUMP 230 /OLTS_ MOTOR FUSIBLE FUSIBLE FUSE COPPER ALUMINUM III HORSE LOAD ENTRANCE AMPS WIRE CONDUIT WIRE CONDUIT POWER AMPS SWITCH SIZE SIZE SIZE SIZE 1 12 30 12 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 I 1-1/2 17 30 20 12 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 2 23 30 25 10 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 3 32 60 35 8 1-1/4 8 1-1/4 5 50 60 50 6 1-1/4 6 1-1/4 7-1/2 72 100 80 4 1-1/2 2 1-1/2 10 91 100 100 3 1-1/2 1 1-1/2 15 137 200 150 1/0 1-1/2 3/0 2 - 20 176 200 200 3/0 1 2 250 MCM 1 2-1/2 25 221 400 225 4/0 2-1/2 J 2-1/0 Per 0 2-1/2 30 260 400 300 2-1/0 Per 0 2-1/2 2-3/0 Per 0 3 - 40 338 400 350 2-2/0 Per 0 3 2-4/0 Per 0 3-1/2 50 423 600 450 2-4/0 Per 0 3-1/2 2-300 MCM Per 0 4 60 500 600 500 2-250 MCM Per 0 3-1/2 2-350 MCM Per¢ 4 THREE PUMP STAYION PUMP 460 VOLTS MOTOR FUSIBLE FUSIBLE FUSE COPPER ALUMINUM HORSE LOAD ENTRANCE AMPS WIRE CONDUIT WIRE CONDUIT POWER AMPS SWITCH SIZE SIZE SIZE SIZE 1 6 30 7 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 • 1-1/2 9 30 10 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 2 12 30 12 14 1-1/4 12 1-1/4 3 16 30 I 20 12 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 5 25 30 25 10 1-1/4 10 1-1/4 7-1/2 36 60 40 8 1-1/4 8 1-1/4 10 46 60 50 6 1-1/4 6 1-1/4 15 69 100 70 4 1 1-1/4 3 1-1/2 20 88 100 90 3 1-1/2 2 1-1/2 25 111 200 125 1 1-1/2 2/0 2 30 130 200 150 1/0 2 3/0 2 40 169 200 175 2/0 2 4/0 2-1/2 50 212 400 225 4/0 2-1/2 2-1/0 Per 0 2-1/2 60 250 400 250 250 MCMI 2-1/2 2-2/0 Per 0 3 75 312 600 350 2-2/0 Per n 3 2-4/0 Per 0 3-1/2 100 403 600 450 2-4/0 Per P, 3-1/2 2-300 MCM Per 0 4 1. The table fusible load amperes,fuse and conductor sizes are listed for r e pump motors only. 2. Fuse size based on Class RK-5,time delay,current limiting "Buss Fust on" or equal. 3. Conduits sized to include two#8 conductors for the 120 volt A.C. sup i ly and one equipment ground conductor,sized in accord- ance with the National Electrical Code. 4. Pump stations with pump motor horsepower listed below heavy line, in tables, supplied with power terminal block to receive two service entrance conductors per phase, range #4 through 500 MCN. 5. When complete service entrance supply is for pump station only,service entrance conductors must not be smaller than #8 wire per National Electrical Code. Ill Custom Series Pump Station IIInstallation Instructions Page 5 • IfflRI1 _J August,1984 E. Smith&'" 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. O Loveless,Inc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 EXCAVATION AND CONCRETE PAD Spezia) gaskets are provided to adapt the plain end steel pipe from the station to Class 150 mechanical joint cast iron pipe Excavation should be made in accordance with the plans,using from the wet well. methods suitable for the local ground conditions. Fill up the bottom of the wet well with concrete to the invert of the two suction lines. After this concrete has set, make a Pour the concrete pad on undisturbed earth as shown on the hopper bottom by stacking rubble with a sloping surface as plans and rough-finish the surface true and level. shown on the plans. Fill and cover the rubble with mortar to make a smooth surface on which solids will not cling. WET WELL OR RECEIVING MANHOLE The main discharge line from the pump station terminates in Before installing the pump station, construct the wet well as a Class 150 plain end cast iron or steel pipe outside the pump shown on the plans. If a block or brick wet well is specified, it chamber. When terminated in plain end steel pipe, special is generally easier to locate and knock out the openings for the gaskets are provided to adapt the plain end steel pipe to Class various pipes after the station is in position. 150 mechanical joint cast iron pipe.This connection is usually on the top of the unit, but may be on the side. Be sure to re- SETTING PUMP STATION move the closure installed on the discharge line in the factory for protection during shipment.You must furnish the discharge Depending upon the contractual terms,your Smith & Loveless force main from this point.Be sure that proper bedding is pro- pump station normally is delivered to the job site on our spe- vided for the force main and that settlement of the backfill cial truck. You must furnish a crane for unloading. See table cannot cause pipe breakage or stress on the pump station dis- below for maximum weight of main chamber. For your con- charge line. venience, lifting "eyes" are provided on top of the station and on the separate entrance tube. When ready, you can use the Be sure to provide anchorage at all elbows in the force main same crane to install the station. since the discharge pressure of the pump will tend to separate IIIan elbow from the adjacent pipe. This can be done at the Station Diameter Max.Weight Chamber station by tying the elbow to the loops provided near the dis- charge pipe or to the holes provided in the roof beams of flat- 7' 12,000 lbs. head stations. Adequate tie rods must be used. A concrete 81 14,000 lbs. block should be provided at the edge of the excavation on 91.9., �� 22,000 lbs. firm, original soil and the force main elbow tied to this block 101-6" 24,000 lbs. also. Failure to do this can result in rupture of the force main and require re-excavation for repair. Refer to factory order for weight of stations larger than 101-6" in diameter. You must furnish and install 1-1/4" galvanized pipe for the sump pump line from the coupling welded in the wall of the Lower the pump station to the slab and set according to the sump to the wet well. This pipe should run horizontally to the plans. The station is furnished with one-inch elevating blocks wet well wall, at the same level as it leaves the sump. Concrete welded to the bottom of the base beams.The elevating blocks block or brick blocking should be placed under this line to are to insure that any water accumulation in the station floor support it during backfilling. The line should then run vertical- will drain to the sump. ly along the wall of the wet well to about 6" below the normal maximum depth of frost in your area. The line should be an- Caution: As shipped from the factory, all sewage valves in the chored adequately to the side of the wet well so that it may ` station are closed. Flanged piping may loosen during shipment. not be forced down if the backfill earth should settle.The line Check inside of station for leaks while filling wet well and force is run up the side of the wet well to just below frost line to main. prevent sewage backing up through the line to the sump pump. We have provided two check valves inside the station for added Suction lines through the pump station wall terminate in Class protection against flooding. 150 plain end cast iron or steel pipe outside the station wall. Be sure to remove the closure installed on the suction lines to protect the station during shipment. You must furnish plain WELDING end to mechanical joint Class 150 cast iron pipe, or flexible- coupled steel pipe,of size and length as shown on the plans for The entrance tube should be lifted by the lugs near the top • the exterior suction lines. Slip these pipes through the holes in and positioned on the supporting flange on the pump chamber. the wet well wall and clamp them to the suction pipes on the Make certain the ladder in the two sections is properly aligned. station. These should be reasonably level. Close the openings in the wet well with cement mortar containing "Embeco." ___\_ Custom Series Pump Station Installation Instructions I Qiclub I Page 6 �� .__. - March,1986 • Smith&® 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. Loveless,Inc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 Tw or more magnesium anodes are shipped inside the pump The neoprene joint sealing sleeves must be on the ladder before sta on. These have long insulated copper leads connected to assembly. After the ladder is aligned, pull the sleeves over the ma 'nesium blocks inside the packs. Cut the insulation off the joint. The mating flanges outside the tube must be joined with firs 1" of each lead. Clamp one wire in the solderless connec- a continuous watertight weld. An inside weld is not required. tor'provided. Connectors are located at the top of the station, Wire brush and touch up the weld with "Versapox" before eith-r on the ends of the main reinforcing members or on the backfilling. lifti g loops. One anode should be placed on each side of the ANCHORING THE PUMP STATION cha ber in the backfill as far out as possible. Coat the solder- less',connectors heavily with Smith & Loveless "Versapox." To secure the station, pour concrete on top of the slab and • force it beneath the pump station and between the base beams The; above paragraph does not apply when special cathodic to completely fill the void. The void under the station floor pro lection is specified. See special instructions inside pump must be completely filled to prevent pump vibration. Fill out stat'.n for anodes requiring wire connections to be made to to the ends of the I-beams and level the material.This concrete test'.oxes within the pump chamber. forms both a dead weight and a flange on which the backfill is piled to protect the station against uplift. In saturated soil, it BU:BLER LINE may be desirable to place reinforcing rods projecting up from the base slab alongside the I-beams which form the pump sta Yo must furnish and install a flexible bubbler line from the tion base. Bend the rods over the I-beams before pouring the concrete anchorage. Do not cover the sump pump coupling cou.ling welded in the entrance tube to the wet well. This with concrete before installing the sump pump discharge line line should be Boston perfection 300 hose or equal with 1/2 to the wet well. NP male fitting on the entrance tube end. The other end sho Id be as required to fit the 3/4"pipe in the wet well.The In backfilling around the bottom of the station with concrete, bub ler line should be at least 2-ft. longer than the distance it is desirable that sufficient concrete be placed between the be een the entrance tube and wet well. When installing the station and the wet well so that the sump pump line is corn- flex ble bubbler hose, it must slope continuously toward the • pletely encased in concrete and so that the suction lines are at wet well to allow condensation to drain into the wet well. least supported by concrete.This will eliminate any damage to Use a thread compound to insure that the bubbler line is air-t ght. any of these lines by earth settlement. Insi'a the wet well use a 1/2" x 3/8"x 1/2"tee and extend a Since local conditions and ground water affect the amount of 3/8' pipe straight down terminating 6" above the top of the concrete required to prevent flotation of the station,this must suct'on lines.The 1/2"run of the tee pointing upward must be be determined by the contractor or engineer. plug!ed. This is required so the bubbler line can be rodded out ELECTRICAL WORK if it .lugs. Imp rtant: The air bubbler line and the sump pump lines must Install the 1/2"thin wall conduit(provided with station) from be t'ght. All joints should be thoroughly sealed with suitable the manual switch located at the top of the entrance tube thre.d compound. After installation,and before backfill,both to the 1/2" LB fitting at the top of the station in the entrance if t ese lines should be checked to insure their tightness. tube area. Provide and connect the wiring to the manual switch located at the top of the entrance tube and to the BAC FILLING proper terminals in the control panel located in the station, in accordance with the National Electrical Code and/or any Back ill must be done with great care to avoid damaging the local codes. mag sium anodes and wiring, as well as the piping and con- duit.;The backfill should be of sand or carefully compacted earth:to prevent settlement which may result in pipe breakage. CORROSION PROTECTION The •ump pump line should be installed before any backfilling Every Smith & Loveless pump station is finish painted,inside is do e. Backfilling may be completed to an elevation near the and out. However, before backfilling, it is important to paint topo the station before installing the air bubbler line,entrance over all field welds, steel pipe, conduit and all nicks and tube .r force main, to provide a work surface for doing these scratches on the outside with Smith & Loveless "Versapox." A oions. Be sure to touch up the station with "Versapox" container of this material is shipped inside the pump chamber. befor bacckfilling. Instructions for its use are in the maintenance manual. Upon completion of the final backfilling and leveling, it is reco mended that the raw earth area be seeded with a good grass •lend, favorable to the local area,to prevent soil erosion. ©Smith& Loveless,Inc.,1986 ICustom Series Pump Station Installation Instructions Page 7 • August,1984 CaIDNO Smith&® 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. Loveless,lnc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 It is also recommended thata crushed stone walkway be in- stalled around the station entrance and an access walk to the nearest roadway be provided to help maintain cleanliness in the station during inclement weather. FINAL CHECK OF STATION Before leaving the station, the following procedure should be followed: 1. Check operation of entrance cover and lock mechanism. 2. Have an electrician place the dehumidifier,blower fan and sump pump in operation as outlined in the instructions for Initial Start-Up in the maintenance manual. If electrical service has not been provided to the station at this time, have an electrician provide a temporary connec- tion for these three items (approximately 15 amperes at 115 VAC) from the nearest source of electrical supply. It has been found that where a station sits without the function of these items, harmful corrosion may occur to the electrical components within the control panel from condensation and/or the station may become flooded through accidentally opened valves if the sump pump is unable to remove infiltration water. 3. Leave these instructions in the station at completion of the job. 4. Notify the Smith & Loveless representative when the sta- tion is ready for start-up. The Smith & Loveless warranty is contingent upon start- up of the pump station by Smith & Loveless authorized personnel, and the guarantee will be voided if start-up is performed by anyone else, • INSTRUCTIONS FOR BRUSH APPLICATION SMITH & LOVELESS "VERSAPDX" EPDXY RESIN COATING Smith & Loveless "Versapox" epoxy resin coating is not a paint. "Versapox" is a two vehicle system of polyamide and epoxy resins which cure through chemical reaction of the ingredients to form an extremely tough protective coating. It also makes an excellent adhesive and sealant. "Versapox" does not contain any evaporative-type solvents and atmospheric • oxidation of the film surface is not required for drying. Because of this, it sets up into a tough, inert, durable coating. "Versapox" is a versatile coat- ing which will adhere tenaciously to a wide variety of surfaces, including metals, concrete, glass, plastics and wood. It has high impact strength and has excellent resistance to water solvents, alkalis, acids and fungus. "Versapox" is supplied in two (2) steel containers or cans. One contains epoxy resin, pigment and thixotropic agent. The other can contains the poly- amide catalyst and pigment. To obtain the most satisfactory results in the application of "Versapox", the instructions below must be followed closely: • SURFACE PREPARATION: The surface to be coated must be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, mill scale, loose rust and especially grease. "Versapox" will be readily adhere to mostnon- waxy materials, including damp or dry concrete and wood. However, a supe- rior long life coating depends upon careful preparation of the surface. Use emery cloth to remove any rust which may have formed in a scratch. Feather out the edge of the old coating and remove the glass in the area to be touched up. MIXING AND APPLICATION: "Versapox" when mixed has a pot life of one to three hours depending upon the ambient temperature; therefore, the ingredients should not be mixed prior to surface preparation. When ready for application of the coating, proceed as follows: 4th Edition October 1, 1963 110 1 -2- I l 1 Open the shipping shi in carton and remove he two containers. 2. Mix equal portions of the contents of ach can in a clean container. Mix • only as much as is required for use i30 minutes. "Versapox" will set up too stiff to apply with the brush in bout 30 minutes. Save any unmixed materials for later use. Unmixed"Ve sapox" may be stored for an indefi- nite period. r 3. Mix the ingredients with a rod or pad le. Thorough mixing of the resin and catalyst is essential for proper ch mical reaction. Incomplete mixing will result in an inferior coating. 4. Avoid mixing air into the ingredients a entrained air in the mix may pro- duce a slightly rough surface on the final coating. l 5. "Versapox" should be applied by a br' sh directly as it comes from the can. No solvents or thinners are nece sary or should be added to the in- gredients. 6. Immediately after application of"Vers pox" the brush used should be thor- oughly cleaned with carbon tetrachlor' e, xylol or tuluol. Once "Versa- pox" has hardened or set up there is n I known solvent which will remove this coating from the applicator. SET-UP TIME: h • T "Versapox" will harden or set up to the ex ent that the coated material can be handled in 12 to 24 hours, depending on he ambient temperature. Higher temperature will induce faster set up time. "Versapox" will continue to set up for approximately one week before final hardness is reached. Therefore, reasonable care should be taken in handli0.g until the coating is fully aged. "Versapox" should never be applied when t e surface to be coated or the am- bient temperature is below 60 degrees Fahr nheit. Application at lower temp- eratures will greatly increase the set-up ti a and result in an inferior coating. I - h 3rd Edition 1 Sept. 1, 1961 411 u ICustom Series Pump Station II Initial Operation Instructions Page 1 10TJ • PF_IT �' Smith& " 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. August,1984� Loveless,lnc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 INSTRUCTIONS FOR INITIAL OPERATION 2: a. Place the single-phase circuit breaker marked Sump FACTORY-BUILT SEWAGE PUMPING STATIONS Pump in the On position. CONSTANT FLOW b. Fill the sump with water. Check the sump pump The sewage pumps in Smith & Loveless pump stations are operation by lifting the float on the side housing. Should unit fail to pump, loosen the cover of the first equipped with non clog type impellers that pass 3" or smaller check valve to prime the pump,as it may be air-locked. solids and very effectively handle solids commonly found in If the unit still fails to pump,cleanout pump suction sanitary sewage. However, the pumps will not handle large by disconnecting pump,at pipe elbow and removing rocks, bricks, sticks and other heavy materials of a similar pump for access. nature. To prevent damage to the pumps, it is very important that the wet well be thoroughly cleaned before starting up the 3. a. Check to see that the pump-motor Hand-Off-Auto station. switches are in the Off position. 1. a. Place the single-phase circuit breakers marked Lights b. Place the single-phase circuit breaker marked Control and Dehumidifier and Blower in the On position. &Air Compressor in the On position. b. The manual switch located at the top of the entrance (1) One of the two air compressors located by the tube is for operating the lights and blower when you control panel should operate continuously,there- are working in the station. Place switch in the "on" by supplying a steady stream of air through the position. Always place this switch in the "off" bubbler line to the wet well. position when leaving the station. c. The ventilating blower is operated by a 15-minute (2) A toggle switch, labeled Bubbler Alternator, is percentage timer mounted on the control panel. The located on the front of the control panel. This timer is factory-set to operate the blower for approx- imately 4-1/2 minutes out of every 15 minutes (30% compressors will then each operate on timed of the time). If it is desirable to operate the blower intervals to distribute usage. for a longer period of time, turn the timer control knob until a larger number appears under the index (3) An air flow indicator bowl is supplied on the air mark on the timer dial. This means the blower will compressors.This bowl contains small discs which be off less time within the 15-minute cycle. indicate the flow of air through the compressor. When either compressor is running, the media in Example: the bowl should flutter, if the compressor is operating properly. If the media gets wet with oil 50 equals 7-1/2 minutes "on" and 7-1/2 minutes or water, it will not flutter. off". (4) If the material in the indicator bowl does not If dial on timer is inaccurate or out of adjustment,do flutter when the compressor is running, there is the following procedure: an obstruction in the bubbler tube,or something wrong with the compressor. First,turn the other Let timer motor run until notch in outer edge of rear compressor on. If it operates satisfactorily, the cam (furthest from panel) is in line with micro trouble is in the compressor that was running. If switch plunger. At this time rotate the front cam the other compressor will not operate either,there until the nylon tabs in the two cams are in contact is probably an obstruction in the bubbler lines. with each other. At this time loosen set screw on dial Disconnect the bubbler compressor tubing from and rotate dial plate until the "0" is under the index the tee located at the bottom of the control mark. Retighten set screw and set dial to desired panel. If air flows out of this tube when discon- number. nected, then the obstruction is in the wet well. d. The dehumidifier is controlled by an adjustable humi- Remove the plug from the top of the tee in the stat located on the dehumidifier. Set the adjusting wet well bubbler line and rod out the bubbler knob to mid-range. Let the dehumidifier operate for line to the bottom of the wet well. 24 hours. If condensation is present in the station and • the dehumidifier has shut off,turn the adjusting knob up until the dehumidifier starts and then wait another c. After the bubbler system has been put into operation, turn off the compressor to permit any condensation 24 hours and repeat the above setting if necessary. . in the bubbler line to drain to the air flow indicator During the winter months the dehumidifier coils may howl. Remove the bowl and wipe out any moisture. ice up. If they do, decrease the dehumidifier setting When the condensation has been removed,reinstall the until ice is eliminated. For detailed operating instruc- bowl and put the bubbler compressor back in opera- tions and maintenance requirements, refer to the tion. Dehumidifier Section of the maintenance literature. Custom Series Pump Station Initial Operation Instructions Page 2 March,1981 • 4. a. Check to see that the pump-motor Hand-Off-Auto c. Place No. 2 sewage pump main circuit breaker in the switches are in the Off position. Off position. b. Check to see that the single-phase circuit breakers d. Mounted within the pump station upon delivery is a marked Control are in the On position. length of clear plastic tubing connected to one pump priming petcock and to the ceiling. The purpose of c. Place the station sewage pump main circuit breakers this tube is to facilitate setting the pressure switches in the On position• to the proper wet well elevations. d. Check the rotation of the pumps by momentarily e. Connect the plastic tube to the pump priming pet- turning one of the selector switches to the Hand posi- cock of Pump No. 2. tion,then to the Off position. f. Measuring from the centerline of the pump suction e. Verify by checking arrow on pump volute. pipe, mark the high-level On and Off and the low-level On and Off elevations on the plastic tube.This can be f. If the pumps rotate in the wrong direction, have an done with masking tape. electrician reverse any two of the three phase feeder lines at the disconnect switch outside the station. Both •. Open the pump priming petcock of Pump No.2. pumps should then rotate in the proper direction. h. As the water level of the wet well rises, the water 5. a. Allow wet well to fill with sewage or fill with fire in the plastic tube will gradually reach the On mark. hydrant water. At this point, the low-level pressure switch should tip and make contact. If the switch operates before reach- b. Open the suction and discharge valves of the station ing the On mark,turn the large adjusting screw (main) sewage pumps. clockwise on the low-level pressure switch. if it fails • to operate upon reaching the On mark,turn the large c. Prime pumps by releasing air from the pump volutes adjusting screw counterclockwise. through the pump priming petcock at the discharge of each pump. Close petcocks when all of the air has i. Turn Pump No. 1 selector switch to the Hand posi- been released. tion. As the pump operates, the wet well level vi drop and the liquid level in the plastic tubing will d. Bleed each pump shaft seal by releasing air from seal drop. If the switch tilts to open before the level reaches through the shaft seal vent valve. This vent valve is the Off mark, turn the small adjusting screw (Diff.) located on the opposite side of the seal housing from csockwise until proper level is obtained. If the pump the seal fluid filter inlet. does not operate when the Off mark is reached,turn the small adjusting screw counterclockwise. e. Check transparent filter body on each pump to see that the filter is full of water. .aiution: Do not allow pump to pump below pump .,rime level (2°-0°). 6. TWO-PUMP STATION PRESSURE SWITCH SETTINGS Repeat the above procedure in Step.6 paragraphs 1°e'` a. The pressure switches are set at the factory during through °°i°° for setting the high-level pressure switch. tests to operate On-Off at wet well elevations as The high-level pressure switch will be set at different follows: the low-level pump should operate when the levels from the low-level pressure switch as indicated water in the wet well reaches an elevation of 4.5° in paragraph °°a.° above the centerline of the pump suction line, and should turn off when the water reaches a level of 2.5' Repeat the entire low and high-level pressure switch above the centerline of the pump suction lines. The adjustment procedure several times to arrive at the high-level pump should operate when water in the `c inal and accurate pumping control range. wet well reaches a level of 5'and turn off at a level of 2'above the centerline of the pump suction lines. Close petcock to plastic tubing and place the Hard Off-Auto selector switches in the Auto position. b. If the pumps do not operate at approximately the levels outlined above, or the job conditions require •• Place the sewage pump main circu;t !breakers in the other levels of operation,the pressure switches on the On poi._ion. side of the control panel should be readjusted accord- ing to the following: The pump station is now ready for continuous Automatic operation. Custom Series Pump Station Initial Operation Instructions Page 3a July,1980 • d. Caution: Double-check petcocks, pumps and piping to avoid inadvertent flooding of the station. 8. a. Clean interior of the station using Soilax, or similar compound,to remove dirt and debris. b. Using the Smith & Loveless "Versapox" supplied with the station,touch up any scratches or bare metal areas. Refer to the maintenance manual for "Versa- pox" mixing instructions. 9. a. Read the station installation instructions carefully and verify with installation contractor that these in- structions were followed. b. Read the entire maintenance manual carefully and set up a preventive maintenance program. c. Instruct operating personnel in the care and operation of the pump station. The Smith&Loveless factory-built pumping station is manufac- tured to a high degree of standards developed over years of experience and skilled engineering "know-how." The placing of this pumping station into service should be followed step-by- step as outlined herein. If any trouble develops through mal- function of equipment or any damage that might have occurred through shipment or otherwise, contact the Smith & Loveless Service Department for assistance. Custom Series Pump Station Initial Operation Instructions Page 3b March,1981 • 10. THREE-PUMP STATION PRESSURE SWITCH i. Turn Pump No. 3 selector switch to the Hand posi- SETTINGS tion. As the pump operates, the wet well level will a. The pressure switches are set at the factory during tests drop and the liquid level in the plastic tubing will to operate On-Off in accordance with the elevations drop. If the switch tilts to open before the level reaches indicated on the pump station approved submittal. the Off mark, turn the small adjusting screw (Diff.) clockwise until proper level is obtained. If the pump Normal settings,relative to the centerline of the pump does not operate when the Off mark is reached,turn suction lines as a datum plane,are as follows: the small adjusting screw counterclockwise. . Lead Pump On at 4.0 ft. Caution: Do not allow pump to pump below pump Lead Pump Off at 2.0 ft. prime level (2'-0"). Lag Pump On at 4.5 ft. Lag Pump Off at 2.5 ft. Repeat the above procedure in Step 10 paragraphs °e° Standby Pump On at 5.0 ft. through °i° for setting the middle-level pressure Standby Pump Off at 3.0 ft. switches and again for the high-level pressure switches. Various factors, such as pump size and specific re- k. Repeat the entire low, middle and high-level pressure quirements of the engineer's specifications,may alter switch adjustment procedure several times to arrive at these settings. Do not allow pump to pump below the final and accurate pumping control range. pump prime level (2'-0"). 11. . Close petcock to plastic tubing and place the Hand- b. If the pumps do not operate at approximately the Off-Auto selector switches in the Auto position. levels indicated, the pressure switches should be re- adjusted according to the following: Place the sewage pump main circuit breakers in the On position. c. Place the No. 1 and No. 2 sewage pump main circuit breakers in the Off position. Place the No. 3 sewage The pump station is now ready for continuous • pump main circuit breaker in the On position. Automatic operation. d. Mounted within the pump station upon delivery is a length of clear plastic tubing connected to one pump •'• Caution: Double-check petcocks, pumps and piping priming petcock and to the ceiling, The purpose of to avoid inadvertent flooding of the station. this tube is to facilitate setting the pressure switches to the proper wet well elevations. 12. a Clean interior of the station using Soilax, or similar compound,to remove dirt and debris. e. Connect the plastic tube to the pump priming pet- . Using the Smith & Loveless "Versapox" supplied cock of Pump No. 2. with the station,touch up any scratches or bare metal areas. Refer to the maintenance manual for "Versa- f. Measuring from the centerline of the pump suction pox" mixing instructions. pipe, mark the high-level On and Off,the middle-level On and Off and the low-level On and Off elevations 13. .. Read the station installation instructions ct ons careful) Y on the plastic tube. and verify with installation contractor that these in- structions were followed. g. Open the pump priming petcock of Pump No. 2. •;. Read the entire maintenance manual carefully and set h. As the water level of the wet well rises, the water up a preventive maintenance program. in the plastic tube will gradually reach the On mark. At this point, the low-level pressure switch should tip c Instruct operating personnel in the care and operation and make contact. If the switch operates before reach- of the pump station. ing the On mark,turn the large adjusting screw (main) clockwise on the low-level pressure switch. If it fails The S ith &Loveless factory-built pumping station is manufac- to operate upon reaching the On mark,turn the large tured to a high degree of standards developed over years of adjusting screw counterclockwise. experi•nce and skilled engineering "know-how." The placing of thi•;pumping station into service should be followed step-by- step 'a outlined herein. If any trouble develops through mal- function of equipment or any damage that might have occurred throug shipment or otherwise, contact the Smith & Loveless Servic: Department for assistance. Custom Series Pump Station Operation&Maintenance Instructions Page 1 March,1981 • OPERATION & MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS b. The pumping action of the rotating upper face of the FACTORY-BUILT SEWAGE PUMPING STATIONS impeller reduces the pressure just below the seal to about one-half of the pump discharge pressure, thus Your Smith & Loveless Pump Station is a complete factory- providing an adequate differential pressure to insure built unit, including all interior equipment ready to operate. that any seepage is into the pump volute. The filter It has been thoroughly tested at the factory by actual opera- and its elements are made of corrosion resistant mate tion on our test floor. Every item of mechanical and electrical rials. The filter cone removes all particles 40 microns equipment has been operated and found free of any defects. in diameter or larger from the water.Smaller particles Your pump station will give continuous trouble-free service will not hurt the seals. with reasonable care and maintenance. We recommend that a c. A spare mechanical seal is supplied with the station. preventive maintenance program be established,based on the following maintenance procedures. The station should be d. It is important that the seal fluid filter element and visited daily and the following items inspected during each filter bowl be kept clean and particle buildup too visit: large to pass through the filter be removed as often as 1. Bubbler line air flow required. 2. Sewage pump operation e. Clean the filter elements in the following manner: 3. Sump pump operation 4. Station lights (1) Place filter elements to be cleaned in a glass 5. Ventilating blower operation container and cover with a solution of "Soilax" 6. Dehumidifier operation or equal. 7. Sewage pump mechanical seal 8. Station cleanliness (2) Allow to soak for 15 minutes,remove and lightly Once each month, the following procedures should be per- scrub with stiff bristle brush under tap water un • formed: til clean. f. Clean the filter uowi with "Soilax" and water. 1. Drain the bubbler line and check pressure switch settings. Reset, if necessary. Caution: Never use alcohol,thinner,acetone or similar 2. Clean the pump seal fluid filters. solvents, as the bowl and filter are made of plastic material. The pump motors are provided with prelubricated ball bear- ings which, under normal conditions, require little or no g. A spare filter element is supplied with the station in maintenance and relubrication. the spare mechanical seal can. Caution should be taken whenever lubricants are applied to the motor bearings, and then only after a thorough study of h. Additional filter elements may be obtained from the the lubrication section of the Motor Maintenance Section of factory by ordering Part No. 1 L371 E. this manual. i. Pumps must be off and the vent line must be bled Refer to the following pages for descriptive information on slowly to avoid reclogging. making inspections and for maintaining the station equipment. 2. PUMP OPERATION 1. PUMP MECHANICAL SEALS AND SEAL FLUID a. Operate the pumps'manually, one at a time,with the FILTERS Hand-Off-Auto selector switches in the Hand position. a pumps are equipped If the pumps operate without excessive vibration, a. The sews g p p q Peed with double mechan they are clean. Do not pump wet well level below ical seals which prevent sewage and gases from enter prime level. ing the pump station. Water taken from the pump is passed through a filter to provide clean fluid under pressure to the seals so that any seepage between the b. If a pump should vibrate excessively, it indicates that lapped mating surfaces is of clean fluid into the the pump has either lost prime or that the suction sewage,rather than sewage into the seal body. line or pump is clogged with debris. c. Open pump priming petcock of offending pump and allow air to escape. Bleed air from the mechanical seal by opening seal vent petcock located on opposite side of the housing from the seal fluid inlet. Close petcocks and manually test pump. Custom Series Pump Station Operation&Maintenance Instructions Page 2 March,1981 • d. If pump still continues to vibrate excessively, back- 3• RESSURE SWITCH SETTINGS flush the pump and suction line as follows: False On-Off operation of the pressure switches will (1) Turn Hand-Off-Auto selector switch of the vibra- occur if condensation moisture collects in the bub- ting pump to the Off position, bier line. Turn off compressors if water is visually apparent in air flow indicator and drain by removing (2) Close discharge gate valve. bowl. (3) Raise the clapper arm of the check valve in front b. Pressure switch settings should be periodically checked of the vibrating pump to the open position and for proper On-Off wet well elevations to prevent an hold tightly wide open. accidental over-flooding of the wet well or pumping below the predetermined pump prime level. (4) Manually turn on the opposite pump. Open dis- charge gate valve slowly. Allow backflushing of offending pump to continue one to two minutes. (1) Place the pump Hand-Off-Auto selector switches in the Off position. Caution: Do not allow water from force main (2) Connect the plastic tube to the pump priming through backflushed pump to overflow wet well. petcock of Pump No. 2. (5) Close gate valve ahead of open check valve on (3) Measuring from the centerline of the pump suc- vibrating pump side and slowly lower check valve tion pipe, mark the predetermined On and Off clapper arm, level for each of the pressure switches. Refer to the pump program chart listed on the Factory Caution: Do not allow check valve clapper to Order Sheets in the front of the maintenance lislam,' as this may cause permanent damage to manual provided with the station. the check valve. (4) Open pump priming petcock of Pump No. 2. (6) Manually operate vibrating pump. If pumps As the water level in the tube rises, observe that operate without excessive vibration, place both each pressure switch mercury tube tips and makes pumps back on automatic control. contact at its respective On mark on the tube. If backflushing fails to remove the clogging debris, (5) Turn Pump No. 1 Hand-Off-Auto selector switch proceed as follows: to the Hand position. As the pump operates the wet well level will drop and the liquid level in the (1) Place the main circuit breaker and the Hand-Off- plastic tube will drop.Observe that each pressure Auto selector switch of the clogged pump in the switch mercury tube tilts to the open position at Off position. its respective Off mark on the tube. (2) Close the gate valves on both sides of the pump. Caution: Do not allow pump to pump below the (3) Remove the cap screws holding the backhead to pump prime level (2'-0"). the pump volute. (6) Close pump priming petcock of Pump No.2. (4) Using ratchet hoist attached to lifting lug on the c If pressure switches do not operate at On-Off eleva- ceiling, carefully lift the motor and impeller tions as required, check entire bubbler line for air assembly out of the pump. Sufficient flexible leaks,tightening any joints found to be defective. conduit is provided to permit this operation without disconnecting the conduit from the motor d:''I If resetting the pressure switch On-Off elevations is frame. required, follow procedures as outlined in Initial Operation Instructions. (5) Care should be taken to protect the gasket from injury. However, if the gasket becomes damaged, spare gaskets are provided with the station. (6) Inspect the impeller and pump volute, removing • any obstructing debris. If necessary,use a rodding tool to clear suction elbow. (7) Reassemble pump and place in operation. IfLEHIEIff Custom Series Pump Station I I Operation&Maintenance Instructions Page 3 August,1984 • QC1--"Dp0 Smith& 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. Loveless,lnc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 4. PUMP MOTOR LUBRICATION 6. DEHUMIDIFIER OPERATOR a. The Smith& Loveless vertical pump motor is equipped a. The dehumidifier is controlled by an adjustable humi- . with ball bearings. The bearings are prelubricated as a stat located on the dehumidifier. Set the adjusting regular manufacturing procedure and the bearing knob to mid-range. Let the dehumidifier operate for grease reservoir filled prior to shipment. 24 hours. If condensation is present in the station and the humidifier has shut off, turn the adjusting b. The primary reason for lubricating a ball bearing is to knob up until the dehumidifier starts and then wait reduce friction, another 24 hours and repeat the above setting if necessary. During the winter months the dehumidifier c. Grease lubrication is used for most ball bearings coils may ice up.If they do,decrease the dehumidifier because it eliminates elaborate seals, reduces main- setting until ice is eliminated. For detailed operating tenance and acts as an effective sealer to prevent the instructions and maintenance requirements, refer to entrance of foreign particles. the Dehumidifier Section of the maintenance d. Select a lithium base grease,equivalent to NLGI No.2, literature. having a minimum worked penetration of 265 to 295 at 77°F.,such as Standard,Mobil, Exxon or Gulf. 7. SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMP e. How often a bearing should be lubricated will depend a. Check operation of the sump pump by momentarily largely upon experience for a given application. On raising float. most Smith & Loveless factory-built pump station applications it is usually necessary to regrease once b. Remove any accumulated debris in the bottom of the every year. If motor operation is continuous, grease sump. every three months. • 8. CLEANLINESS f. When relubrication is required, follow procedure be low,using proper precautions in cleanliness to prevent a. A clean pump station is a trouble-free pump station. dirt and contamination from entering bearing housing. b. Touch up any scrathes or exposed bare metal areas (1) With motor running, force grease into inlet until using "Versapox" supplied with station. Mix "Versa grease appears at the relief. Check to see if relief pox according to brush application instructions. fitting is operating freely. Additional "Versapox" may be obtained from the factory by specifying as follows: (2) Wipe away excess grease which has appeared at grease relief. (1) Dark Green - Smith & Loveless "Versapox" Chrome Green. g. Always grease the lower motor bearing first, noting „ amount of grease used. Normally the upper bearing (2) Light Green - Smith & Loveless Versapox should require approximately 2/3 of this amount. Pastel Green. h. Caution: Keep grease clean and do not over-lubricate. For the repair of any accidental damage or assistance in main- tenance problems, contact the Smith & Loveless Service 5. VENTILATING BLOWER Department, which employs experienced technicians to help you quickly and efficiently maintain a continuously operating pump station. If dial on timer is inaccurate or out of adjustment,do the following procedure: (Dial indication of 50 equals 7-1/2 minutes "on" and 7-1/2 minutes "off"). Let timer motor run until notch in outer edge of rear cam • (furtherest from panel) is in line with micro switch plunger. At this time rotate the front cam until the nylon tabs in the two cams are in contact with each other. At this time loosen set screw on dial and rotate dial plate until the "0" is under the index mark. Retighten set screw and set dial to desired number. • INSTRUCTIONS FOR REPLACING O-RINGS ON SMITH & LOVELESS CHECK VALVES DISASSEMBLING VALVE 1. Close pump discharge and pump suction gate valves before working on check valve in question. Z. Remove bolts from inspection flange on top of check valve. 3. Remove spring from lever arm. 4. Remove drive pins from lever arm and retaining collar on ends of clapper shaft. (Mark end of shaft from which lever arm was removed). 5. Remove drive pins in clapper arm that secures clapper arm to shaft. • 6. Pull shaft out of check valve assembly and remove old "O"-rings. REASSEMBLING VALVE 1. Put two (2) nese, 'O"-rings in "O"-ring grooves on end of clapper shaft from which spring arm was removed. • . 2. Grease "O"-rings and shaft with any good cup grease. 3. Push shaft into check valve assembly from spring arm side. 4. Place clapper arm into position and push shaft through clapper arm. 5. Continue to push shaft into valve assembly through to opposite side of valve until other two "0"-ring grooves appear. (Do not push shaft further than this point because of danger of cutting first two "O"-rings replaced). 6. Place other two "O"-rings in "O"-ring grooves on shaft and push shaft back to original position. 7. Line up holes in clapper arm with holes in shaft and replace drive pins. 8. Replace lever arm and retaining collar and replace drive pins. 9. Clean inspection flange, use new gasket if needed, and replace bolts. 2nd Edition Dec. 16, 1957. Form No.04-06-187 • I am Smith&® 14040W. Santa Fe Trail Dr.• IA] October,1985 Loveless,Inc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 VE (.. a M M I -.-fie V 6 lr 26 a - - N M q a ov C _2• s ui ,p 39 m r m Q X N Ts s e •- e: o it s Sm w ,fY K a a 0 N N SD sD(D sD m 1� �r U = €Y � C I S o CO— IO f0 a 8f WNa 0 0- WO N € 6 _r JM et OI J �a� iv co�N N N r.- W �_in \_N sD O1 QJ a iv wO2 N = O G ' gg }I a.xfa$ wOa N MIn I I I !n W a --I v ill e =30K — L. W F 45 0 ?s, 1jst 6` s V o o 3 a) CO CO CO v iii ; ;N M In� aNcc til I I mx6 ,, ; ,, ; :ill'p 02 J Q.a w lilw� € N N dQg3iF~0=m I In o In 0 In W3z l&Q m a v_ I g i':5i a N N � r- ��.�" CO N z_ w CL LS 4 0 4 Cl) 2 G N N O N N a.2 v a V • _ " 1 N ti O - LI . _() t Qq r\0 Nco ti M� O o \ D our ' L 1 1 1 .:4. O O a co ca m w I t of L ' N Z 3bo Q s m ,-O 0I n CV 4D 3w a- m o g z oz 443 si,W,d, -- zz ,.' V <00 �� _ to Sr ., Cr) v' Q N -..-J \N IIS J t ter_ 0 3 m. e O i ‘+'? Pr ' m 0 ct w co a k w x r Non-Clog Pumps I11RIllLJ]pid TII III(Sec ,�Smith&® 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. 7 1/ Loveless,Inc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 1 ID 2 2 � I N. - _ - 0350 - vIg aMM6 _ i0 :1 Na a W It ID - W R iprd z "— O 3 N, N -J ..7. t0 if lg a 03 W In 2 ,i a a a a a' 1 W J C in ;- ' = Q Q — m N N N = y N tn ..a W H CO WCn 02 N N 00 `a Oet cr ; 0o. m0 :1 J ,e K a= m !E 9 2 2 On. I 0 n 0 W 2 :` vi i i o " •0 t°' 0 ro= N I- N Qm i. 8= '2. O. aQ N ,6rEI $o\1 M J N 4W IP „N v� o z 0 I-cies z M =Y3;=_ • 'sT W Vcc 0 •¢ S v, �o v0„ - g „Md fB�, /L'EBN {/ 2--IN b _ I ii.,,,.. 1� N f3,„ctn.n.-59A, D il •1 .'=U r 1 __t_ , ,� Inv* _ 1_ —. ‘...... _ %Irma c0 -0 0 I _ NI„,7, . I \l °n 0 ' O O o I 1 .. ill O O W :r-1----1 f 11 f1 0 tni MIS , N --t-r02 0 1 0 N T V a c a =loo ` d uai 2 c ; m a d a n. > 0- -let V pW d N23 / D CL 4H> m / c , MNtO ----f I c I• • : J' iIø • '• N _ 41 • c0 b i- i ea N t CI: E 1 0 C 7, set d T Instructions For Replacement Of The Na8r4N7. 28P1 • Mechanical Seal In Smith & Loveless Pumps DOUBLE SEAL Complete tool kit and tool box are available from: The Smith & Loveless double mechanical seal is specifically Smith& Loveless, Inc. designed for service in Smith & Loveless pumps. The seal is Parts Department made of the best materials available. The parts are machined 913-888-5201 to close tolerances for easy interchangeability. The mating SEAL CONSTRUCTION running surfaces are lapped near one light band (0.000011") tolerance. All the seal parts are housed in the only split bronze The double mechanical seal consists basically of two carbons, seal housing on the market. This quality seal is made to two ceramics, and a stainless steel spring (see Fig. 1). These provide many years of trouble-free service. A mechanical seal are contained in a bronze seal housing. The flat or "lapped" will pay for itself in less than one year because of its surface of each ceramic is held against the lapped surface of elimination of pump shaft wear,corrosion and odor from shaft the mating carbon by pressure from the stainless steel spring leakage. Typical of all moving parts, eventually the seal will to form a "dead-tight" seal. wear and must be replaced. The Smith & Loveless pump is designed so the seal may be replaced easily with a minimum The lapped surfaces of the carbons and ceramics are machined of time and effort. Follow these instructions carefully. to a flatness of one light band (one millionth of an inch) and should be handled carefully to prevent chipping or HERE ARE THE TOOLS YOU WILL NEED marring them. The carbons are held stationary within the seal TO REPLACE THE MECHANICAL SEAL: housing by "Quad" rings. The ceramics are secured to the motor shaft by "0" rings and rotate with the motor shaft. 1. 1/2" - 9/16" box and open-end wrench. The ceramics will, however, slide on the motor shaft vertically 2. 5/8" - 3/4" box-end wrench, as the spring automatically adjusts to wear. 3. 15/16" - 1" box wrench. •4. 1-1/8" socket. 5. 1/2" drive "T" handle. The lubricant for the system is clear, filtered water which 6. 1/2" drive - 6" extension. is taken from the pump backhead and forced through the 7. 6" pipe wrench. filter into the seal housing. So long as the ceramics and 8. 2-lb. soft-face hammer. carbons are intact, only a minute amount of water passes 9. Ratchet-type hoist. through this system. The water cannot pass through a clogged 10. Motor lifting bar, filter so it should be removed periodically and cleaned. 11. 2 x 6 x 24 board. 12. Lint-free cloth. To disassemble the pump and replace the mechanical seal, 13. Multi-purpose grease. follow these instructions carefully. 0 0 0 MOTORS.F, a o 0 o _oisiliICO�ID4 n 0 IIIII o L t� . 0 171 w_qi INID Q 0` � I MOTOR-VOLUTE ADAPTER % 0 I I 0 0 o PARTS LIST REFER TO BELOW LISTED DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL PART NUMBERS r u xA. Ax. vART NADAMOTOR SHAFT DIAMETER SEAL SIZE DRAVOINGBER EXTRA HEAVY CLOSE NIPPLE 6102 BIDS III 5 Y AR RING sSEAL D 61D10 OAL LING-SE -1/4.- 8 EXTRA HEAVY ONG LE COPPER G-IIpO�D.Px 14.LO.1 0 CONNECTOR-TUBE/MALE N _ QUAD RING GASKET .P.T. BRASS PIPE TEE BRASS PIPE PLUG 9 COMPRESSION ELBOW W-TUBE/FEMALE N.PT11.....!,,4."..;.,====.,..2.4,====``, " FEMALE OMALEsHDT-DEF COCK - FLTERADM I ;,,, ,`—_An .tox REPLACABLE FILTER ELEMENT b MICRON - Ill "` TYPICAL PARTS LISTING HOUSING TOP HALFE Do.. E SEAL SEAL HOUSING BOTTOM HALF �� ...,. .. 1 �1 t %a 4ti { j�y s ,+ ^-may^ . SEAL REMOVAL First, for the pump being worked on,throw the motor circuit Place the 2" x 6" x 24" board on top of the volute directly breaker at the top of the control panel to the "off" position. under the impeller and lower the motor with the ratchet-hoist until the bottom of impeller is approximately 1/4" above the Then, turn the selector switch on the control panel for the P pp pump to the "hand" position. If the pump does not operate, board. turn the selector switch to the "off" position. With the 2-lb. soft-face hammer, strike the impeller a sharp Close suction and discharge gate valves. (These valves should blow on the impeller vane away from the tip. The impeller be opened and closed several times to insure proper seating should drop down onto the board.The motor shaft is tapered of the valve discs. Debris sometimes gets into the seats and so that the impeller should be easily removed. (Repeated must be worked out by the above.) soft-face hammer blows may be necessary.) The 2" side of a 2 x 4 may be used in lieu of the hammer. Using the 1/2" open-end wrench, disconnect the fittings at each end of the tubing in the seal fluid line and remove. Raise the motor slowly to make sure the key does not fall out of the shaft and drop into the pump. Remove the impeller With the 6" pipe wrench, remove the two brass nipples from and board. Lower the motor and adapter until they rest on the seal housing. the pump volute. Hook the ratchet-type hoist in the ceiling lifting . Connect Using the 9/16" box-end wrench, remove the four 3/8" yp o f h e g t ng ring the hoist cable hook to the pump lifting bar. The lifting bar hex-head cap screws that bolt the motor adapter to the motor. is placed through the lifting eyes on the motor. With the ratchet-hoist, lift the motor free of the adapter. Using the 3/4" box-end wrench, remove the eight 1/2" The seal housing is attached to the motor adapter by three hex-head cap screws that bolt the motor adapter to the volute. cap crews. These are longer than the other three screws (which hold the seal housing together). The three long screws Raise the motor-impeller assembly above the volute high should be removed (not the short screws, but every other one). enough to gain access to the impeller locking cap screw and This permits removing the seal housing from the adapter. remove it by using the 1-1/8" socket, T-handle and 6" extension. A board may be placed through an impeller passage Remove the three remaining cap screws from the seal housing to hold the impeller while loosening the cap screw. (Remove and take out the old seal parts from the seal housing.Observe the cap screw slowly and make sure the impeller does not the order of removal so the new seal can be replaced in the come loose from the taper fitsame manner. )1 r ��'� . ' , c a 3r' -' °� P 'moo` u • :. ; gr It :1-:,' ' r -- —.z '. "r ..w re ? r4x •. r SEAL FILTER MAINTENANCE SEAL FILTER OPERATION 8. New filter elements can be ordered from Smith & Loveless. They are part number 1 L371 E. The seal filter takes the fluid from the backhead of the pump near the shaft and filters out all solids larger than 50 microns 9. Screw the clean filter element back on the filter head• • and passes the fluid to the seal housing. A mechanical seal passes about 0.02 gallons of water per 24 hours for 10 Slide the clean filter bowl up over the sealing "0" ring lubrication. Therefore, the actual water flowing through the on the filter head. If the "0" ring is damaged, it can filter is negligible. Filter clogging from this flow is really not be ordered as part number 1L371C. a factor. 11 Slide the lock ring up over the filter bowl until it is Filter clogging usually comes from checking flow through the tight against the head. It may have to be rotated filter by opening the seal vent petcock. A second source of counterclockwise slightly to clear the lugs. When tight filter clogging can be from bacterial growth on the filter against the head, rotate the ring clockwise until the catch medium, clicks. CHECKING SEAL FILTER FOR PLUGGING 12. Open suction and discharge gate valves. 13. Bleed water through filter and seal by opening the seal The seal filter should be checked once a week for plugging. vent valve. Keep flow rate very low to keep from drawing To do this, the vent petcock "V" on the brass seal box should solids in the seal system. When seal filter is full of water be opened very slightly. A few drops of water from this and water comes out the vent, close the vent valve. petcock will show that water is passing the seal filter. 14., Turn the hand-off-automatic switch to the "off" Caution: Opening the vent petcock wide open or allowing a position. Turn the circuit breaker to the "on" position. large stream of water to pass out the valve can rapidly cause Turn the hand-off-automatic switch to the "hand" seal filter clogging.The large flow can cause solids to k.e drawn position. Make sure there are no leaks. Turn the from the pump up into the piping and into the filter. This hand-off-automatic switch to the "automatic" position. can plug the piping or the filter element. Do not pass large quantities of water out of the seal vent. HEAD CATCH IN 1/". IIIIIIIfIIIIIOUT ; SEAL FILTER MAINTENANCE /, IIIIIMMIIIII ill ®INW�1�111 LOCK RING Every two months the seal filter should be cleaned. The � `�1luuumw umii® � �� cleaning operation should be as follows: III I FILTER BOWL I�I �. 1. Turn off circuit breaker to the pump. Close discharge IIS 1 1 I DEFLECTOR '' and suction gate valves. , \ I I I I 1\llkp f/f�' ,. 2. Open the seal vent valve V to make sure pressure is DRAIN ilithiii removed. Press in the catch on the lock ring on the filter. Turn the lock ring counterclockwise (looking from the ' 1• - bottom of the filter) until it stops. Remove lock ring : ' by moving it downward over the filter bowl. �� � %:''l,4 3. Pull the filter bowl downward and it will slide off the .,, �� '' ' sealing "0" ring on the filter head or body. .....'...0W , . ... & ity ,.., 4. Take the filter bowl and wash it clean with a strong detergent and water, or wipe it clean with a wiping cloth if it is wet. Do not use solvents. ))filfes¢ `«i 5. Unscrew the filter element by grasping the deflector ands turning it counterclockwise looking up from the bottom . : , ' (right-hand thread). 6. Clean the filter element by brushing it lightly with a toothbrush as it is soaked in a strong detergent and water. ,.;: The filter is fine nylon cloth and should not be brushed harshly. The filter element can be cleaned by placing the open end on a faucet and gradually turning the water • up to a high rate of flow. It is best to have two clean tv ``filter elements to replace the elements on the pumps. The dirty elements can be cleaned in the shop.7. Soak the dirty elements in a caustic solution of a „" ti.x ,,F spoonful of "Drano" crystals to a cup of water. SEAL FILTER MAINTENANCE SEAL FILTER OPERATION 8. New filter elements can be ordered from Smith & Loveless. They are part number 1 L371 E. The seal filter takes the fluid from the backhead of the pump 1 near the shaft and filters out all solids larger than 50 microns 9. Screw the clean filter element back on the filter head. and passes the fluid to the seal housing. A mechanical seal passes about 0.02 gallons of water per 24 hours for 10. Slide the clean filter bowl up over the sealing "0" ring lubrication. Therefore, the actual water flowing through the on the filter head. If the "0" ring is damaged, it can filter is negligible. Filter clogging from this flow is really not be ordered as part number 1L371C. a factor. I 11. Slide the lock ring up over the filter bowl until it is Filter clogging usually comes from checking flow through the tight against the head. It may have to be rotated filter by opening the seal vent petcock. A second source of counterclockwise slightly to clear the lugs. When tight filter clogging can be from bacterial growth on the filter against the head, rotate the ring clockwise until the catch medium. clicks. CHECKING SEAL FILTER FOR PLUGGING 12. Open suction and discharge gate valves. 13. Bleed water through filter and seal by opening the seal The seal filter should be checked once a week for plugging. vent valve. Keep flow rate very low to keep from drawing To do this, the vent petcock "V" on the brass seal box should solids in the seal system. When seal filter is full of water be opened very slightly. A few drops of water from this and water comes out the vent, close the vent valve. petcock will show that water is passing the seal filter. 14. Turn the hand-off-automatic switch to the "off" Caution: Opening the vent petcock wide open or allowing al position. Turn the circuit breaker to the "on" position. large stream of water to pass out the valve can rapidly cause Turn the hand-off-automatic switch to the "hand" seal filter clogging.The large flow can cause solids to k•e drawn position. Make sure there are no leaks. Turn the from the pump up into the piping and into the filter. This hand-off-automatic switch to the "automatic" position. - can plug the piping or the filter element. Do not pass large quantities of water out of the seal vent. HEAD CATCH IN ' IIIIIIII� IIIII ,. OUT . SEAL FILTER MAINTENANCE i, /IIIIII6_II111 LOCK RING t" ,�-,,- 91i1®® Every two months the seal filter should be cleaned. The kemuummuuumluwllll cleaning operation should be as follows: �' 11111i���I FILTER BOWL 1 111111 II 1. Turn off circuit breaker to the pump. Close discharge DEFLECTOR 7 and suction gate valves. ����al II II a 2. Open the seal ventmarr � V to make sure pressure is mind DRAIN removed. Press in the catch on the lock ring on the filter. Turn the lock ring counterclockwise (looking from the bottom of the filter) until it stops. Remove lock ring - by moving it downward over the filter bowl. ,, rs 3. Pull the filter bowl downward and it will slide off the ..., ,, " ., i0"sealing " ring on the filter head or body. , 4. Take the filter bowl and wash it clean with a strong detergent and water, or wipe it clean with a wiping cloth ,F if it is wet. Do not use solvents. "�te 5. Unscrew the filter element by grasping the deflector and turning it counterclockwise looking up from the bottom (right-hand thread). ,- v 6. Clean the filter element by brushing it lightly with a " " ; � toothbrush as it is soaked in a strong detergent and water. The filter is fine nylon cloth and should not be brushed harshly. The filter element can be cleaned by placing the open end on a faucet and gradually turning the water "" upto a high rate of flow. It is best to have two clean filter elements to replace the elements on the pumps. b The dirty elements can be cleaned in the shop. �z 7. Soak the dirty elements in a caustic solution of a gin..�. .A-,,,,?,' spoonful of "Drano" crystals to a cup of water. (i Take the other "0" ring and grease very lightly. Install the 4 "0ring on the second ceramic cavity. Install the ceramic O ring down on top of the stainless steel spring. Insert the large rubber quad ring in the groove on top of the top bronze '''' -410- ) seal housing half. Take the top seal housing half and turn it over on top of " . the lower bronze seal housing half. The spring will hold the two halves apart. Align the three tapped holes in the lower half with three of the holes in the top half. Push down on the top of the top half and insert the three short bolts. Tighten the bolts finger-tight. Wrench-tighten the three bolts evenly. „„ -� Turn the seal housing upside-down. Install the large diameter , quad ring in the small groove on the bottom side of the lower ° seal housing half. The seal housing is now ready to reinstall I in the pump. REASSEMBLY aT Install the seal housing assembly in the motor adapter and ' „< .. � secure with the three remaining cap screws. Set the adapter on the volute. Thoroughly clean the motor shaft and lubricate lightly with " 4 a good multi-purpose grease.Wipe excess grease from the shaft with a clean, lint-free cloth. If excess grease is used it will . 0.‘ /) _ i 1 wipe up into seal mating surfaces and cause seal failure. As you lower the motor slowly on the hoist,the tapered shaft — F, � I will guide the motor shaft through the seal housing. Bolt the adapter to the motor. Using the hoist, raise the motor and adapter above the volute SEAL INSTALLATION sufficiently high to set the 2" x 6" x 24" board on top of the volute and set the impeller on the board. Align the impeller directly centered under the motor shaft. Place the Clean the seal housing with a good commercial cleaner like "Spic & Span "Soilax etc., and a stiff brush. Wipe the key in the motor shaft. If it will not stay in place, put some seal housing dry with a clean lint-free cloth. Set the lower heavy grease on it. half of the seal housing (the half without the pipe taps) on Lower the motor slowly until the shaft enters the impeller a flat surface with the seal housing flange up. Repeat this and the key in the shaft slides into the key slot in the impeller. procedure for the top half of the seal housing. Carefully Make sure the key does not get pushed up higher than the remove the new seal from the seal container. On pumps shaft taper. Lower the motor until the motor rests on the operating over 180' of head the new seal will be a conditioned impeller. Do not let the hoist get excess slack or the motor seal. This means the seal has been run in or conditioned. The might tip. Hit the impeller vane away from the tip repeatedly mating ceramics and carbons must be kept together as a with the 2-lb. soft-face hammer. matched set. If in doubt about the seal being conditioned, Hoist the motor slowly to make sure the impeller is attached keep the mating parts as they are assembled in the seal container together (carbon to ceramic) when installing the new to the shaft on the taper fit. Hold the impeller on the shaft as the motor is raised to insert the impeller locking cap screw. seal. Let the new seal assembly down on a flat surface and remove the ties. You are now ready to assemble the seal. Tighten the impeller locking screw. Handle the seal parts carefully so they won't be damaged. Replace the volute gasket, if necessary. (A spare was shipped with the station and will be found behind the control cabinet.) Remove the rubber quad ring. Coat it lightly with grease. Install the quad ring on the top of the carbon. Refrain from Lower the impeller into the volute and install the eight cap getting grease between the mating surfaces of the carbon and screws. Rotate the motor by hand if possible to make sure ceramic. Lift the carbon and place it quad ring down into the impeller doesn't drag. the bottom bronze seal housing. Push the carbon down until Remove.the filter and thoroughly clean the filter element with the quad ring seats. The carbon will not touch the bottom. Remove the new matching ceramic and place it shiny face Soilax or other highly caustic soap and water. down on the installed carbon. (Be sure shiny face is clean; Open the suction and discharge gate valves. Open the vent use soft cloth to clean it if necessary.) cock on the pump discharge until water vents out, and then shut. Open the seal vent cock until the seal chamber is full Remove the rubber "0" ring and lightly grease it. Install the of fluid. This is important! "0" ring in the cavity of the ceramic until it bottoms. Place \. the stainless steel spring on top of the "0" ring. Return the motor circuit breaker to the "on" position. Turn the selector switch for the serviced pump to the "hand" Remove the next new ceramic and set it aside, shiny side Position and bump the motor to make sure the impeller is up. Remove the other new quad ring and coat lightly with not dragging on the bottom. If the impeller drags, it requires grease. Install the quad ring back on the carbon. Insert the a thicker volute gasket. If the impeller does not drag, turn carbon and quad ring into the upper seal housing half. Push the pump on. Let the pump run for several minutes while the carbon down until the "0" ring seats. Do not get grease checking for vibration and/or leakage (watch wet well level). on the mating surface. Return selector switch to "auto" position. .._. Non-Clog Pumps 1MT- M11R OT T IAI Seal Drawings Page 1 Jan.,1984 • Smith&s, 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. QC1D-10 Lovelesslnc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 g N O 5: 1! in o 4 3: 4f st 1- 4 m 4 LL N JI JI F i, 1 bi e C li N pY C m 4 0� � Q C di W 4 F MI -1 is N > ;5 1 T I #° _ JI I m - is !gg i- ii t- -,,i r 2 ilft1 Qy3. ml10_ \I 3; i J ,� eT •�• hill 1 w i d I., i, lk V o HMI 0004J gin_ i !t-, ,'1� 1 J ilrii ia W W `¢-' 9 N di m N b Nl N) N 4 4 W P fJ I p O N m m O J J ¢ 2 WWiii m .. J X%" 4 ,, SL J �m S J W U ty��I, W JW N w: Wu g N law,r '..+J����� �jj'�L. LLNO 61O ,, hO W/ / ZiiZ = .1 2ZOdIjT � biRm z a.N %'/9i` I // ...,�////% is ¢ W Z O O ,m y~j W W j 6 W¢ o o j��/.j*,1111// T\4:1: / y Y 3 > O> > m~ f d 20 7 7 fi 3 _ J. . 3 ¢ < < F¢ O 6 6(q O O w Z Z N Z Z T T F 2 6 a E~ M1 x o > a f o x x 0 0 l C¢O w J w W ¢ 4 N N) ¢ W W U V m m U / - j/ o - N N- N N N / / / 3a / . / 0 4 me< M ,/ jjy .0. .. ,1 „,,, ,,,,,m,,, .. OA .P 6 OO < < < JMNJOJJNJMJ SEEM W v • O al m O O O 0 00b b b b m i ii a W m Q m mill" M1 n • j J m 411 ' m J .. - Non-Clog P umps Seal Drawings Page 2 Jan.,1984 ] R1IRI1L •Smith&® 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. V � Loveless,lnc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 .4. w x - w y ii mm a LL 4 M ¢ YY �,z, J w _ 5 W y J d a. N Q p O 2 U r Q OOOQ 1` -M W Z ifil II r -fn o c '.L.' IN- II i J BVI . ■i■ 335•°OJ1'd Mil ti ' m J 1 J a§etl .BQ^acYd \ 4 J W 4e24vv2P. 4414z ii O ,aM k Wio i `` J IMI J "Iii i o '44WQ. 8 w w • - HI - m M ` g J O O O O O O Ti 0 O o N b w N J d .N.-."..i., \mc. Y • rI rr//rip/� tl < N O W I. r 1�1'�s.tl�00V�'��ODG�G.D'�'�6, a w i, LI % o a o z '�� u 4 w 2 ¢ `` N 2 `_ _ e ~j /.% r ///I/3 � / /\r i\7/ ~ j 3 r Q 0>-m m . >w a 2 LL J w u a ¢_u w w o Qa aOR 2Qxzz 0z `w ¢� aNJw2 Q LL < wQJ Q X O F d F O X w O f a ¢¢ 3 JW wwNoN ¢ w UOW-m ¢ / i - N N - NN N it iii ,,:. 21:4 - m -U1_ , g n m Ln o e M r o mM " a m nz��r / 1I /% cm O O1 QpO J J N h a 2.NJ MJf M M 101 1; —— IIEEDI W 0 o - o V < <I t t Q N b b V 40 W 4 S •111 a m a. . • J I illE[RfflRII _ I Page 1 elSmith&s, 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. \U Lovelesslnc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 .11 N F e g a.y - a W W J 3 Z i! > a. m S t; N a 0 . t F j m 6 pi 2 Y o W sp $.1. f t '` c N N .Q J , 13 tR S y� N 33 J J O 1 O : i ' m O • I 1 l7 000000 Z Z _, Q V N 2 Z Z Z Z Z Z Z a W 2 V 2 41 y 0 0 0 0 0 0 w N ICE 3 J J J J J J J o). LL O. N O. a .rvxxx xx. w .. a m "' f < w R 7 J x w U¢ E -i s M n j O 1 J f T W x .O tel 4D W M ?J N 6e r 2 Q i ,, w m 3 vYi......,, w..*„ "w rN 5 3 > j . ¢Er, Qu' 3 3 3 3 3 3 ZW 1 E o is 5 r a v' W F rc x s w u u 3 u u u u a Wr. o a I €i i 1`:vi a Y , o o t 2 a o Ow a � j .ai a aaaN - Zo `J mi igihWe'1$ i -ISI- _ _ _ N _ _ _ m v N M M m z N Hi 4. 'I„SII: O v 6 ^ 4 TIED F x.11._' t N N rO a N N N Q S o m m �LL o a o u � � Q a Q - O O ryory m h o i s "„ 5 F � � m ro C N oi b J N J J J )- n,441 �0 .0 .D p 'O - J I e 'o a.o 'c 4:E i Y .A E o a a W O O W O a K O O I-I- R O 4 O VQ LL W 4 w • W cc v N O? r mWf o I ? 0. cc wJW N OQ a JJ Q O Ot �Om - to7 /-- k. 1.,i wo ® ��el...1rigw Air- ___,,______ ..., ,. ,z.,,„.,, i1 14: ,,. \ .111110 mail ----i------------ / / Ilk _i 11.1111 — • o mI . N_0 F.il Vm N O r Q » b b b b Ob �w LL _ S O N J .D • Form No.04-06-67 SMITH & LOVELESS ENGINEERING STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS SYMBOL TITLE 1L371 SCHRADER-SCOVILL #3530-1040 - 40 MICRON FILTER 1 1110 SHEET 1 OF_1- ....* /3 " 25a2" NOTE: 1L371 Is complete as shown. Parts listed below. ( ' ,4 ) o 'N 400111I ' Max. Inlet Pressure 150 P.S. I.G. w ValK OY K 2" No 1, 1 Body (3530-7001) 1L371A . „ F"%° 4 -40,l/.,�Tf-, A---/f? W 1111 �II - I Lock Ring Assembly ssembly (3580-7501) 1L371B w . d "0" Ring (3530-7005) 1L371C c'k, il 1 I Deflector (3530-7002) 1L371D 7 � Filter Element (3530-7040) 1L371E '( ; 5fz m Bowl Assembly (3530-0500) 1L371F e (Includes: Bowl, "0" Ring & Drain d iiis Valve Assembly) Pip Drain Valve Assembly (3530-8001 ) IL371G \\L • 2. Part No. 1L371 includes all parts shown - when ordering replacement parts, I b order by name and manufacturer's part number. o7 J_ NI 4 N Z t\ O u E • _ IA] May, 1978 Smith&Loveless 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 SMITH & LOVELESS VERTICAL PROTECTED or other inflammable solvents. SEWAGE PUMP MOTORS Long storage may allow motor insulation to absorb moisture. STORAGE Use a high voltage resistance meter (megger) to check insulation resistance to ground. AIEE Standards recommend Do not store Smith & Loveless vertical pump motors in a that the winding insulation resistance at room temperature humid atmosphere. Such atmospheres are in package lift should not be less than: stations stored outside where the dehumidifier is not in operation. Humid atmosphere causes idle ball bearings to Insulation Resistance = (motor rated voltage + 1000) corrode where grease films are thin. The corrosion product (megohms) 1000 may work into the grease. The iron oxide corrosion product is extremely abrasive. This may cause premature bearing If the resistance is below the recommended value,the windings failure. should be baked dry. The stator should be baked in an oven at not more than 200° F. until the insulation resistance This motor is shipped ready for immediate service. If the becomes constant. motor has been in storage for a long period or has been subjected to a damp atmosphere, the insulation resistance of DISASSEMBLY the stator winding should be checked before start-up. (See Maintenance for procedure.) Should it become necessary to disassemble the motor, care should be taken not to damage the stator windings. Very INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE careful attention should be given to keeping the bearings clean. INSTRUCTIONS Remove bearing cartridge cap screws before removing end bracket cap screws. (A stud of the same diameter and thread INSTALLATION as the cartridge screws and approximately 1-1/2" longer may be used to locate the holes in the bearing cap through the Check power supply against nameplate rating. Motors are end bracket upon assembly.) guaranteed to operate satisfactorily within a voltage range of not more than 10%above or 10%below the nameplate voltage Smith & Loveless motor bearings never need to be removed rating. Performance within this range will not necessarily be unless they are to be replaced. Use a bearing puller.To install the same as the established performance at the exact rated a new bearing, use steady pressure on the inner race. (To voltage. facilitate installation, heat bearings to 250° F.) See the nameplate diagram for proper connection to 208,220 The most important single factor in securing good service from or 440 volts. To reverse the direction of a 3-phase motor, ball bearing motors is to keep dirt, dust and foreign particles interchange any two of the power leads. For operation of out of the bearing. 220 volt motors on 208 volt networks (when designated permissible on nameplate), use the amperage at 220 volts for 1. Use only clean grease from clean containers and handle selecting overload protective devices. so as to keep it clean. INITIAL START-UP 2. Never open a bearing housing in a dusty atmosphere. The rotor should rotate freely when turned by hand. It should 3. Never open a bearing housing without first cleaning off run quietly on initial start-up. Operate at normal load for a all dirt from adjacent surfaces. short period to check for unusual noise, heating or excessive current. Excessive current will result in overheated windings. 4. Always protect an exposed bearing by a protective cover High operating temperatures shorten insulation life. The (clean paper or lint-free cloth). temperature of motor windings, as measured by resistance, should not exceed 90° C. LUBRICATION • MAINTENANCE Double-shielded single row deep groove Conrad type ball bearings supplied on Smith & Loveless pump motors are For long life and satisfactory operation, always keep the lubricated at the factory. In normal service, lubrication once motor internally clean and dry. Windings of Smith& Loveless every year or two years is adequate since the bearing housing protected motors may require occasional cleaning. The has an additional supply of grease. Recommended lubricant windings may be cleaned by high velocity blower.The blower is a lithium base, general purpose grease Grade 2. If motors nozzle should be non-metallic. Gummy deposits of dirt and run continuously or over 4000 hours per year, they should grease may be removed by chloroprene. Never use gasoline be greased every six months. Wastewater Pumps ] RI 19- TrAlMa8 —� — • Smith&Loveless 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 On large size motors in the range of 100 HP and above, it is sometimes necessary to use 5000 or 7000 series bearings. These bearings have two rows of balls or one bearing on top of the other. This type bearing requires different lubrication procedure.Be sure you are aware if you have this type bearing. These bearings do not have shields. The grease lubrication enters the bearing proper. The lubricant will work out of the upper race of the bearing into the lower race or grease reservoir below the bearing. The bearing then requires more lubricant. This type bearing should be greased every 3 months if the motor operates continuously or more than 4000 hours per year. It should otherwise be greased every six months. If ambient temperature rises above 90° F., the bearings should be lubricated with a general purpose lithium base Grade 3 grease. When lubrication is required, proceed as follows: 1. Clean grease fitting and grease pressure relief fitting to make sure it is not plugged. 2. Add grease with a low pressure gun until grease appears at the relief fitting. Note: If no relief fitting is provided, remove grease • drain plug. After lubricating, run motor 10 minutes before replacing plug. Caution: Avoid excessive lubrication. 1. Excessive pressure may damage bearing shield. 2. Excessive supply of grease in bearing raceway may cause overheating and premature failure. 3. Excessive grease may be forced into motor housing and collect on windings, causing winding deterioration. SERVICE FACTOR When the voltage and frequency of a general purpose 40° C. rise protected motor is maintained at the values specified on the nameplate, the motor may be overloaded up to the • horsepower obtained by multiplying the rated horsepower by the (1.15) service factor. • I Form No.04-06-182 III • 1 ' . ` vt MODEL 8LI �-�� I fl' '` SUMP PUMP _� �`�`�-_� -ter � I 1/� .� r4 -= .,- ' � L/it I ( ;� COMPLETELY 1 IBLE SU B M ERS 1 tlitti:r •' /' 1 III , is . 11 r ). . , , hi , , 1 k,1 `it'll '14 ' Id �! , 1 ilj MOTOR - 1/2 H.P. Supplied in 110V, 60 cycle single phase. Motor is designed for continuing or , intermittent duty. Motor is;sealed. Built to most rigid standards. THERMAL PROTECTION Motor has built-in internal overload protection with automatic reset thermal protection. This pump can be operated in liquid unto 150°F. MATERIAL - Motor housing and volute are of cast iron;impeller is bronze. WEIGHT - Pump weighs 58 lbs. • GUARANTEE - This unit is guaranteed for one year against defective workmanship and materials in ordinary sump applications. , • REPLACEMENT PARTS ELIC Stationary Switch (ITEM 29) SLID Switch Assembly (ITEM 8) BLIE Float (ITEM 40) • • BLIF Float Rod, Weight & Nut (ITEMS 38, 41 & 42) BLIG Impeller (ITEM 44) • PUMP CAPACITY CURVE 30 - - to 1- W ZO Z tS • 0 10 W Z 8 1111 0 0 10 tO 30 40 50 CO 70 e0 GALLONS. PER MINUTE A/-vn,EERED • Enpo Pump Company SERVICE SHEET 11WER SUBSIDIARY OF MODEL 150 A, PO Roper Industries, Inc. 420 EAST THIRD STREET,PIQUA, OHIO 45366 150-M & 1 1 50-M-RSC Models 150-A, 150-M and 150-M-RSC Sump Pumps s GENERAL SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS The parts identification picture on the other side LEAK CHECK: After the repaired unit has been of this page will also serve as a guide for disassembling reassembled, it must be checked to assure it does not and assembling these units. leak. To do so apply 10 to 15 P.S.I. air pressure thru Before disassembling pump, make sure the trouble the 1/8" pipe plug hole in the end bell and submerge is not in installation or application. the unit in clear water. Any leaks are indicated by escaping air bubbles. The following instructions give additional infor- mation required when replacing various components. (Note — See separate sheet for RSC switch parts.) STATOR: The stator windings in these units use Class B magnet wire in the main windings, and Class H in the start winding. Be sure these are used in any LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL: This magnetic switch is rewinding. voltage and current sensitive and it is not recom- mended that adjusting be attempted in the field. When installing a new switch assembly be sure the t lectrical pins properly engage the mating sockets motor. Be sure the gasket is installed properly a e eight bolts are drawn up evenly. Always keep WIRING DIAGRAM the switch clean and do not lay on dirty bench or • table, as small metal burrs will be attracted to the permanent magnet and cause the switch to mal- function. MODEL 150-A (SINGLE PHASE) WHITE STARTING GOVERNOR MECHANISM: If the torque switch is replaced it is pressed on the shaft so '41RE STARTING ,1( GREEN that in its free state the distance from the plastic disc f THERMOSTAT to the shaft shoulder is 1/4" to 9/32". FLAa n eLAac__ SWITCH STARTING SWITCH: The distance from starting switch Bakelite back to humps on brass leaf to be • 5/16" to 11/32" and contact gap to be .052 to .056. MODEL 150-M (SINGLE PHASE) MOTOR SHAFT: Check shaft in seal area for nicks or irE grooves deep enough to beerce tible to the .finer, a RED ril)GREEN nail and replace if required. r • Nq. STSAB 1NG( T BLACK THERMOSTAT SEAL REPLACEMENT: Standard units are equipped with lip seals which are installed as follows: Fill the seal cavity in the motor shell with about one MODEL 150-M-RSC (SINGLE PHASE) to spoon full of Andoc "C" or equal grease. Butter t s of the seal with lubripate No. 107. Slip one ver the shaft and spread a liberal amount of =WHITE grease on top of it. Slip the other seal over the shaft to. 4 1GREEN zI and press into position, flush with the surface of the RSTDARTMG FLW►T casting. SWITCH 'SWITCH' On units • -ems equipped with mechanical seal, use TNERMosr`AT C' _., standard practices for installation. 2181 SVG,_150 -- — • Enpo Pump Company SERVICE SHEET ENGINEERED pSUBSIDIARY OF MODEL 1 50-A O _11,ER Roper Industries, Inc. , 420 EAST THIRD STREET, PIQUA, OHIO 45358 150-M & 150-M-RSC l Models 150-A, 150-M, and 150-M-RSC Sump Pumps PARTS LIST & ASSEMBLY DRAWING -II 10 9 6 J_I2 I i 36 4--�_ 3 43 I �� / 4 39 5 13141. 44 I i O il 4 45 ' _�I .10411111W) 6 1 ON e34 19 20 0,Q. ..), (....... l Iii 1 If 21 I6 2226 7 23 42\ 27-- F----' ® 49 I-- -46 26- 1 .� C-1411128)1 I I ; SMITH & LOVELESS ENGINEERING STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS SYMBOL 912. TITLE ,.. DIAPRM1 1 AIR COMPRESSOR SHEET l OF 3 Data Process. Description ' COMPRESSOP AIR 'J/M I E4 4 .6-. E2, d Q 1 ` ■ • jet) i _Lr _ z W i I 1 > d 3— .. .. W s � • i 1 ,) /3 G _ -- �---I-6/6 m �'� 5 i7.1 EH , 8 . itaysoo . z l! n Q . - • • w 3 3 1��I, w a D & T 10 .32 D & T 1/4-18 NPT m 11•=111M Cord 36" Outside Length NOTES: 41m 3 4 2. To have 1/4-18 NPT female discharge connection and to be painted S&L green Y, and red. m a 3. To have 115 VAC. 60 Hertz, shaded pole motor, 3.0 full load amperes complete a with built-in Thermal overload protection. 4. To be supplied with 3' 0" outside length 3 wire cord complete with grounding plug 11 ao r m .. a 4 a W i J IM E O u 4 7 SMITH & LOVELESS ENGINEERING STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS SYMBOL. TITLE 9L25 DIAPHRAGM AIR COMPRESSOR SHEET-----OF2 ` Data Proc.ss. D,,sai'iption.'. . COiNPRFSSOP LIR IT/DI 1 Ek off¢ REFER TO' SHEET 3 FOR PART NUMBER LISTING 8 0 49e.€0 0 0 00 0 z 0 411 7 ori Rio M 0 10 . e9 O lkim.„.44‘.,1 L % 0 /f Q� W I NI N.' / �, s. 1 in I t 5„ ..,\•, .x V40142 2 , . , 0 5 ! •.pie I& NX.\‘. Nognilli4 0411151:64‘ \ 41 0 i s: '2,,,T-- - 5...00 Iii=7S,,„,„ 0 0® lit.:4"\ Ne.••.1 eiPV 12411 \trunrayAit G I \G It.6, ml UPI--- 0 til E. =1 = =lel i g Ul I! 0 i�/U _ Mlin ■� a Ira- r ___ o- v. or I—k a...14. 0_ ws 80Larm. m 4' W e e 0.00 0 . a . 0 r SMITH & LOVELESS ENGINEERING STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS YrMsoL • TITLE 9125 ' • DIAPHRAGM AIR COMPRESSOR SHEET_._OF 3 v. DATA PROCESSING DESCRIPTION1 'UNIT OF MEAS. ITEM S&L NO. MFGR,NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION 1 9125-1 602775 1 SHAFT ROTOR& FAN ASSEMBLY 2 -2 633551 1 CORD-36" LENGTH OUTSIDE 3 -3 645571 1 •ECCENTRIC& BEARING ASSEMBLY i4 -4 605002 1 GROUND SCREW z 5 -5 607153 1 CONNECTING ROD r c 6 -6 608212 1 DIAPHRAGM W 7 -7 608019 1 STATOR cc 8 -8 614316 1 FRONT COVER 9 -9 614554 1 MOTOR END CAP e 10 -10 616124 1 STEEL SCREEN 'i 11 -11 617045 2 VALVE KEEPER STRIP 12 -12 621101 1 EXHAUST VALVE PLATE 13 -13 621102 2 INT.& EXH.VALVE FLAPPER c9 14 -14 656128 1 INT.VALVE PLATE • o 2 15 -15 622012 1 PLUG BUTTON HOUSING w 16• -16 625207 2 FRONT COVER SCREW N 17 -17 625108 2 MOTOR END CAP SCREW w 18 -18 625109 6 HEAD SCREW a a 19 -19 625141 7 VALVE PLATE SCREW 20 -20 625114 1 CONN. ROD CAP SCREW 21 -21 625149 1 AIR FILTER SCREW 22 -22 625160 1 FLAPPER VALVE SCREW z 23 -23 625107 2 STATOR SCREW cc 24 -24 625244 1 ECCENTRIC SET SCREW a E 25 -25 626328 2 TERMINAL NUT tii 26 -26 626329 2 TERMINAL WASHER mc- 28 -28 633158 1 EXHAUST PLATE GASKET c 29 -29 633222 1 STRAIN RELIEF BUSHING n - n. 30 -30 641007 1 AIR FILTER 4 31 -31 646124 2 END CAP BEARING 32 -32 660116 1 HOUSING 33 -33 610211 1 HEAD W 34 -34 625301 1 SCREW- INT.PLATE (ORIFICE) 0 Q 35 -35 626509 2 LOCKWASHER-STATOR SCREW _ rr 36 -36 12A249 (S&L) 1 NAMEPLATE (NOT SHOWN) 0 v 37 -37 615415 1 SPACER ECCENTRIC } 38 -38 614551 1 BEARING COVER w m 1 W 39 -39 607034 2 INSULATED CONNECTOR I t 40 -40 633656 1 ' FAN 0 41 -41 646050 1 BALL BEARING U 42 -42 645312 1 ECCENTRIC INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS & PARTS LIST - _ SHADED-POLE BLOWERS 7L240-4C054A I FOR 0 4040 7L277-4C0444 1 0779/326/105C 7L297 -2C946A • 2BC Specifications and Performance (Below and Chart, Page 2) . .fi, -5 , 1, a* --- ' ' v E --7.- I .-. k _ply , 4 -------------..-=1 I • I fl --_T_f,' �"=?'r 9/32 DIA.HOLE w Figure 1 —Shaded-Pole Blowers Description MOUNTING FLANGE DIMENSIONS The Dayton shaded-pole blower, finished in grey MODEL H W enamel, is a single speed unit designed specifically for heating,cooling,exhausting,ventilating and dry- 2C841 5" 41/2" ing.It is field interchangeable with most direct drive — blowers and can be mounted in any discharge posi- 2C917A 5" 41/2" tion. Blower is driven by a shaded-pole motor. 2C946A — — Models 2C917A,2C946A,4C054A,4C444,and 40445 4C054A — — feature automatic-reset thermal protection which — automatically shuts off the motor should excessive 2C906 5" 6" temperatures develop. 4C444 5" 41/2" For additional information, see Specifications and 4C445 5" 6" i Performance Chart. 1 . General Safety Information 1. Follow all local electrical and safety codes, as condition is normal if operated at rated load and well as the National Electrical Code (NEC) and voltage—modern motors are built to operate at the Occupational Safety and Health Act(OSHA). higher temperatures. 2. Blower must be securely and adequately 6. Protect the power cable from coming in contact grounded.This can be accomplished by wiring with sharp objects. with a grounded,metal-clad raceway system,by 7. Do not kink power cable and never allow the using a separate ground wire connected to the cable to come in contact with oil, grease, hot bare metal of the blower frame,or other suitable surfaces, or chemicals. means. 3. Always disconnect power source before work- 8. Make certain that the power source conforms to ing on or near a motor or its connected load. If the requirements of your equipment. the power disconnect point is out-of-sight, lock 9. Wiping or cleaning rags and other flammable it in the open position and tag to prevent unex- waste materials must be placed in a tightly pected application of power. closed metal container and disposed of later in 4. All moving parts should be guarded. the proper fashion. 5. Be careful when touching the exterior of an 10. When cleaning electrical or electronic equip- operating motor—it may be hot enough to be ment, always use an approved cleaning agent painful or cause injury.With modern motors this such as dry cleaning solvent. Ai i 4f1A94 f FORM,5S1980 MODELS 2C841, 2C917A, 2C946A, 4C054A, 2C906, 4C444 & 4C445 4040 OIL HERE - . --/-- -- / i b ..........______......„............."_ _ _l _1 ° GROUND - 1 --- __ WIRE --_ '_'-.� //__- 2 ©0 - 1--/ O 4 REQUIRED BOTTOM UP TOP DOWN HORIZONTAL BLAST HORIZONTAL BLAST Figure 2 - Replacement Parts and Typical Installation Discharge Positions Specifications and Performance Chart SPECIFICATIONS PERFORMANCE • WHEEL SIZE MOTOR OUTLET. OVERALL DIMENSIONS OPENING CFM AIR DELIVERY AT SPEED pWR. AND STATIC PRESSURE (SP)SHOWN WATTS AMPS MODEL DIA. W HP SPEED PWR• H W H W D • • REODFree 0.1" 0.2" 0.3" 0.4" 0.5" 2C841 6 5/16" 2 718" 1112 1 115V 4 5/16" 3 25/32" 11 1/8" 7 27/32" 10 5/16" Air SP SP SP SP SP SPEED 185 2.90 50/60 Hz 350 340 328 312 296 274 1585' - Free 0.1" 0.2 0.3" 0.4" 0.5" 2C917A 6 5/16" 2 7/8" 1/12 1 230V 4 5/16" 3 25/32" 111/8" ..7 27/32" 10 5/16" Air SP SP SP SP SP SPEED A 50160 Hz 185 1.45 350 340 328 312 296 274 1585* 115V Free 0.1" 0.2" 0.3" 0.4" 0.5" 2C946A 8" 4 1/8" 1/6 1 5 9/16" 6 3/16" 14 7!8" 11" 13 1/8" Air SP SP SP SP SP SPEED A 60 Hz 370 5.60 815 767 716 663 604 537 1030' Free 0.1" 0.2" 0.3' 0.4" 0.5" 115V Air SP SP SP SP SP SPEED 4C054A 8 1/2" 5" 1/5 1 60 Hz 5 9/16" 7 3/16" 14 7/8" 12 3/4" 13 1/8" 455 6.80 980 940 890 843 788 730 1050' Free 0.1" 0.2" 0.3" 0.4" 0.5" 2C906 6 5116" 4 9/32" 1/10 1 115 V 4 1/4" 5 3/16" 11 1/8" 9 1/2" 10 5/16" Air SP SP SP SP SP SPEED 60 Hz 225 3.25 525 500 475 447 415 387 1570' Free 0.1" 0.2" 0.3" 0.4" 0.5" 4C444 6 5/16" 2 7/8" 1/12 1 115 V 4 5/16" 3 25/32" 11 1/8" 7 27/32" 10 5/16" Air SP SP SP SP SP SPEED 185 2.90 0 50/60 Hz 350 340 328 312 296 274 1585' Free 0.1" 0.2" 0.3" 0.4" 0.5'. 115 VAir SP SP SP SP SP SPEED 4C445 6 5/16" 4 9/32" 1/10 1 4 1/4" 5 3/16" 11 1/8` 9 1/2" 10 5/16" 225 3.25 A 60 Hz 525 500 447 442 415 387 1570' A Automatic-Reset NOTE:All data based on 60 Hz operation. Units capable of operat- *At Free Air Thermal Protection ing on 50 Hz will have approximately a 20%decrease in flow rate performance. FORM 5S1980 MODELS 2C841, 2C917A, 2C946A, 2C906,4C054A,4C444 & 4C445 4040 Replacement Parts List ... Ref. Part Numbers for Model No. Description 2C841 2C917A 2C946A 4C054A 2C906 4C444 , 4C445 1 Motor 3M058 7108-2661 3M727 7151-2676 3M059 7108-2659 7108-2675 2 Housing 8853-0300 8853-0300 8853-0306 8853-0311 8853-0301 8853-0300 8853-0301 3 Washer 0610-0033 0610-0033 0610-0033 0610-0033 0610-0033 0610-0033 0610-0033 4 Mounting nut 0010-0021 0010-0021 0010-0021 0010-0021 0010-0021-0010-0021 0010-0021 5 Blower wheel 0913-0010 0913-0010 0918-0012 0918-0043 0913-0019 0913-0010 0913-0019 6 Inlet ring 8793-0803 8793-0803 8793-0800 8793-0800 8793-0803 8793-0803' 8793-0803 • 7 Mounting screw 0610-0069 0610-0069 0610-0069 0610-0069 0610-0069 0610-0069 0610-0069 8 Gasket 0913-0008 0913-0008 0918-0009 0918-0009 0913-0008 0913-0008 0913-0008 Trouble Shooting Chart SYMPTOM POSSIBLE CAUSES CORRECTIVE ACTION Excessive Noise 1. Blower wheel contacting 1. Realign or replace housing 2. Foreign material inside hous- 2. Clean ing 3. Leak in duct work 3. Repair 4. Loose duct work 4. Secure properly Insufficient air 1. Leaks in duct work 1. Repair flow 2. Dampers and/or registers 2. Open closed 3. Obstruction in system 3. Remove 4. Clogged filters 4. Clean or replace Unit fails to oper- 1. Blown fuse or open circuit 1. Replace fuse or reset circuit ate breaker breaker 2. Defective motor 2. Replace 3. Automatic-Reset Thermal Pro- 3. Check for high (or low) volt- tector "tripped" age input or ambient tem- peratures in excess of 40°C (104°F) 4. Motor improperly wired 4. Re-wire —3 — FORM 5S1980 MODELS 2C841, 2C917A, 2C946A, 4C054A, 2C906, 4C444 & 4C445 4040 Installation Maintenance 1. Mount the unit in the position most desirable to CAUTION: ALWAYS DISCONNECT POWER SUP- your needs. PLY BEFORE SERVICING THE BLOWER OR WORKING WITH THE UNIT FOR ANY REASON. 2. Connect the leads to the appropriate power THIS IS ESPECIALLY IMPORTANT WITH UNITS source. EQUIPPED WITH AUTOMATIC-RESET THERMAL PROTECTION -- UNIT MAY ACTIVATE WITHOUT CAUTION:A GROUND WIRE MUST RUN FROM WARNING! THE BLOWER MOTOR HOUSING TO A SUIT- The motor should be relubricated every 6 months ABLE ELECTRICAL GROUND SUCH AS A with 10 to 20 drops of SAE 10W or 20W non-deter- PROPERLY GROUNDED METALLIC RACEWAY gent oil (ML-type) or with electric motor oil. OR GROUND WIRE SYSTEM. Should further servicing of the unit be necessary, refer to the"exploded" view illustration as an aid in 3. Unit is ready for operation. disassembly and assembly procedures. Service Record DATE MAINTENANCE PERFORMED COMPONENTS REQUIRED ORDER REPLACEMENT PARTS THROUGH DEALER FROM WHOM PRODUCT WAS PURCHASED Please provide following information: • Model Number • Serial Number (if any) • Part Description and Number as shown in Parts List. • Setting the controls Controls and operation: • Operating conditions • Built-in humidistat • Removing collected water Setting the controls Plug the electrical cord into any When the dehumidifier is first put All models are supplied with a properly-grounded 110/120 volt into operation, it will remove rela- sturdy, high-impact Styrene, 10- A.C.outlet.Turn the Humidity Con- tively large amounts of moisture. It quart bucket (a) which hangs con- trol Knob clockwise until the unit will continue to do so until the rela- veniently on the back of the unit to starts. Model ED151A is equipped tive humidity in the area being dried accumulate the water removed with an on-off switch only.Turn the is reduced to a point where mois- from the air. All dehumidifiers, knob to the"ON" position. The fan ture damage will not occur. After except model ED151A are also wilt immediately begin to pull mois- this, the amount of moisture re- equipped with an Automatic Shut- ture-laden air from the room across moved from the air will be consider- Off Switch(b)which stops the unit the dehumidifying coils. The coils ably less. The reduction in the before the bucket fills to overflow- condense or "draw off" the mois- amount of moisture being removed ing in the event that you forget to ture and the air flows out the front indicates that the dehumidifier has' empty it. - grille into the room(as dry,warmed done its job and that it is maintain- air. ing the relative humidity at a safe On model ED151A, it is important When you first start the dehumid- level. The performance of the that you remember to empty the iffier, turn the Control dehumidifier should be judged by bucket when it is full since this Knob clockwisernthe Humidityuntil you the elimination of the dampness model does not have an automatic DRY". Athis setting,oureachthe odors rather than by the amount of shut-off switch. To eliminate emp- "MAXmoisture being removed and de- tying the bucket periodically, con- unit will operate continuously. Al- posited in the bucket. nect a drain hose to the bottom of low the dehumidifier to operate at - the drain tray. this setting for three to four weeks. After this period of time, careful A dehumidifier will not eliminate consideration should be given to frost on windows in the winter time. (b) the amount of dampness in the area The reason for this is that the being dried. If the sweating has dis- dehumidifying coil will normally continued and if the dampness operate above freezing tempera- (c) �, i odors are gone,the Humidity Con- tures and, therefore, cannot pre- � vent moisture from condensing on , the inside surface of a window pane ( OFF() QON that is below freezing. It may be All models except ED151A are 0 helpful to use a dehumidifier in an equipped with an AUTOMATIC area such as a kitchen or laundry SHUT OFF or signal light that in- where there is a high level of dicates the bucket is full and the humidity.By reducing the humidity machine has stopped. When the ED151A in these areas,the frost on windows bucket is emptied, a switch will _ ---_ in other parts of the home may be again turn the unit on and the dry- reduced. ing action will be resumed.This e--------- _ convenient device is activated by Built-in humidistat the weight of the water in the N. bucket. All models except the ED151A \ have a humidistat built into the When so equipped, the water level AUTOMATIC MAX dehumidifier to assure efficient, limit switch on the bottom rear of your SHUT OFF O OFF0 DRY economical operation.The Humid- unit is adjusted at the factory for a ity Control automatically starts the water level of approximately 3 bucket. trol Knob should be adjusted coun- dehumidifier when the humidity is If a higher water level is desired, turn terclockwise until the desired dry- excessive,and shuts it off when the the adjusting screw(c)in the center of ness is being maintained. The humidity is reduced to the position the stainless steel spring clockwise in dehumidifier should be kept in set on the control. The control has 1/2 turn steps until the desired level is - operation as long as excess mois- an "OFF" position, and a "MAX reached. ture is present in the room air. DRY" positin for use where very \�\\\\\\`J��,,,, low humidityconditions are de- N . \\\\\.,.N... Operating Conditions sired. The control is adjustable to A light coating of frost on the coil is any position between "OFF" anda/ normal when the dehumidifier first "MAX DRY"to provide a"dryness" (e) begins to operate due to the freon condition that suits your particular rushing through the coil. Under needs. — (d) normal conditions, it should disap- Removing collected water pear within 60 minutes. It is also AIM perfectly normal for frost to form � If you prefer, you can remove the on the coil when the temperature ' --.. 11, bucket and connect any standard of the room is relatively cool(65°F garden hose (d) to the threaded or lower) or if the humidity in the (e) nozzle(e)in the bottom of the drain room is low. Under these condi- tray to carry the water directly to a tions, the dehumidifier should be (a) drain. The dehumidifier may also turned off. be placed directly over the drain. Page 1 Care and cleaning: • Exterior • Cleaning the coil Exterior be deposited on the wet dehumid- water to enter the electrical-ma- Do not use harsh cleaners; wax or ifying coil and then flushed away by chine compartment through the cir- furniture polish on the cabinet.Dust the natural drainage from the coil. cular opening behind the coil. Use with an oil free cloth or wash with However, after extended periods a squirt bottle or a syringe so that warm water only. of operation,a build-up of the mat- you can control the water. DO NOT ter may develop on the coil. It is TURN A HOSE ON THE COIL! Occasionally you may want to clean most readily removed when it is the front grille and the dehumidify- .soft and wet by brushing it away The fan motor in the dehumidifier ing coil at the rear. with a soft brush such as a small is permanently lubricated at the paint brush, or pastry brush. If al- factory and under normal operating Use a vacuum cleaner and brush lowed to dry and harden, it is diffi- conditions, should not need addi- attachment to clean the grille. cult to remove and must be soaked tional grease or oil. and softened.A pipe cleaner works Cleaning the coil nicely to clean out the threaded The air passing through the dehu- spout. midifier may be carrying consider- able quantities of dust, lint and fun- If you feel you must flush the coil, gus spores.Much of this matter will DO NOT permit a large quantity of Avoid-Service Check List Before you call for service—read this. You may save the cost and incon- You will be charged for a service requires nothing more than a venience of an unnecessary ser- call while the appliance is in war- simple adjustment you can easily vice call by first reviewing this easy ranty if the problem is not caused make in your own home or is a nor- to use Avoid-Service Check List by defective product workmanship mal operating characteristic of the of the most frequently encountered or materials. appliance under certain conditions. situations that are not the result of defective workmanship or ma- Your new White-Westinghouse ap- Review this Avoid-Service Check terials. pliance is a carefully engineered List before calling for service. It product. Many times what appears may save you time and expense. to be a reason to call for service Find your problem here Possible cause How to fix it A. DEHUMIDIFIER DOES NOT OPERATE 1. Plug at wall outlet is disconnected. 1. Push plug firmly into wall outlet. 2. House fuse has blown,or circuit 1.Check by plugging another breaker has tripped. appliance or lamp into the same wall outlet.Replace the fuse or reset the circuit breaker. 3.The air dryness level your selected 1. Dehumidifier automatically shuts with the control has been reached. off when selected amount of moisture has been removed from the air. If you want to remove more moisture,turn the control to MAX DRY position.After the dehumidifier starts,reset the control knob to the desired setting. 4.The bucket on the back of the 1.Dehumidifier automatically shuts dehumidifier is full of water. off when water reaches a certain level in the bucket. Empty and replace bucket on back of dehumidifier. 5.Selector(ON-OFF)switch not 1.Turn switch to"ON"position. turned on. Page 2 Find your problem here Possible Cause How to fix it B.DEHUMIDIFIER RUNS TOO MUCH 1.Windows or doors near dehumidifier 1. Close all windows or doors to are open to outdoors. the outside. 2.Area to be dehumidified is too large. 1.Check with your dealer to see if capacity of dehumidifier is adequate for your needs. 3.Air movement through dehumidifier 1.Grille may be dirty.Use brush is restricted. attachment of vacuum cleaner to clean grille. 2. Dehumidifying coil on back of unit may be dirty. It is easier to clean when slightly wet. DO NOT USE A LOT OF WATER.Clean the coils with a soft brush such as a pastry brush or small paint brush.A pipe cleaner may be used to clean the threaded spout. 3. Dehumidifier may be located improperly.There must be at least three feet of clearance at the front and at the rear of the unit. 4. Dehumidifier has been installed or 1. It can take up to 4 weeks with restarted recently. control set at MAX DRY for initial drying of room. 5. Humidity Control Knob is set on 1. Dehumidifier control will not turn MAX DRY. off the dehumidifier if control is on MAX DRY. C. DEHUMIDIFIER IS OPERATING BUT ROOM IS NOT DRY ENOUGH 1. Humidity Control Knob is in 1.Turn control to a dryer setting. wrong position. 2. Dehumidifier has been installed or 1.Control should be set on MAX DRY restarted recently. for the first 3-4 weeks after it has been installed or restarted. It may take this long for the room to become dry. 3. Dehumidifier is located improperly, 1. Dehumidifier is not expected to remove moisture from an enclosed area that is separated from the room where the dehumidifier is located. 4. Room temperature is too low. 1. Dehumidifiers are not expected to be operated when the room temperature is below 65°F. If there is heavy frost on the coils above the bucket,turn the dehumidifier OFF to allow frost to melt, Turn it back ON when frost,has melted, and the room temperature is above 65°F. 5. Refer to causes 1,2 and 3 under 1.See solutions for these causes. "Dehumidifier runs too much." D.DEHUMIDIFIER IS NOT REMOVING AS MUCH MOISTURE NOW AS WHEN FIRST INSTALLED 1.There is now less moisture in the air. 1.This is normal.The desired level of humidity has been reached. E.FROST APPEARS ON COILS ABOVE BUCKET 1.Dehumidifier has been turned on 1. It is normal for frost to appear on the recently. coil during initial operation.This frost will usually disappear within 60 minutes.The frost build-up is due to the freon rushing through the coil. 2.Room temperature is too low. 1. Refer to"How to Fix It"for problem C-4. 3.Air movement through dehumidifier 1. Refer to"How to Fix It"1,2,3 for is restricted. problem B-3. Page 3 Avoid-Service Check List Find your problem here Possible cause How to fix it F.LITTLE WATER IS COLLECTED ON BACK OF DEHUMIDIFIER 1.The air dryness level you selected 1. Refer to"How to Fix It"for with the control has been reached. problem A-3. 2. Room air is sufficiently dry. 1.Less moisture will be removed from the air when it is dry. 3.Air movement through dehumidifier 1.Refer to"How to Fix It"for is restricted. problem B-3. 4.Room temperature is too low. 1.Refer to"How to Fix It"for problem C-4. G.BUCKET ON BACK OF DEHUMIDIFIER IS FULL 1.Sufficient moisture has been 1. Empty and replace the bucket. removed from the air to fill the bucket. H.WATER ON FLOOR2. — BUCKET OVERFLOWING 1. Bucket not installed properly. 1. Install bucket properly. 2. Bucket spring improperly adjusted. 1.Readjust bucket spring.See instructions under"Removing i collected water",page 5. I.NOISE 1. Noise like a fan. 1.Air is moving through 1.This is a normal sound. the dehumidifier. 2. Rattling noise. 1.The coils on the back may be loose 1.Be sure the plastic separator is and vibrating. properly positioned between the coils on the back of the dehumidifier. Refer to the illustration below. PLASTIC SEPARATOR DEHUMIDIFYING COIL %" "" �A M —� REAR OF UNIT R Page 4 Litho in U.S.A. i RECEIVING AND STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS SMITH & LOVELESS FACTORY-BUILT,TWO-PUMP LIFT STATION Please read the following instructions carefully. The future operation and appearance of your lift station will depend on the care it receives prior to initial operation. 1. Inspect the interior of your lift station for anode packs. touch-up epoxy kit, 3/8" x 3/8" x 3/4" pipe tee (for bubbler pipe), spare seal and any optional equipment purchased. 2. Check your station for broken or loose components which may have been damaged in transit. After inspecting the interior of the station, tie the cover securely and report any damage to the Customer Service Department of Smith & Loveless. 3. If you anticipate a period of 15 days or longer before installation and operation, make arrangements to connect 115 Volt power to the dehumidifier and sump pump to prevent condensation damage to the electrical components and interior 0 finish. 4. If 115 Volt electricity is not available and you anticipate over one month's delay in installation and operation, we recommend removal of the plastic cover and instal- lation of a piece of plywood or masonite over the entrance to the station. This cover should be "blocked up" to permit "breathing"of the station. Make sure it is securely fastened so it will not be blown off or accidentally removed. 5. DO NOT remove the plastic covers from the entrance tubes until you are ready to install them. • PSI-PS Form No.04-06-344 • _ 1 _7„...7....\ ....._, L 3 Pump Performance Curves 1 1 . 1 ICsapee ii IL 4B2A/462ontntSpe.d e /4C2G. i • 1760RPM II� __J � October,1985 Smith&® 14040 W. Santa Fe Trail Dr. 11*C ■� Loveless,Inc. Lenexa, Kansas 66215 MUM MMMMMMMMMMM OR O N.H•■N.■ B .. ■■N■■N■L ■ ■■ ■■. W 11111111!!!!!!.!.1�311111l1I11ne■�3■{l n111111IIIII■luI111:1:1V u■IIuuu10011111I 111111 Zn. •nNN ■�N•••• ■. ■r■■• NNNNq■■•■ N N:O ' Z W kII,umnmme:> nundn:uu:lemnuuiIIIIII cul !IluuII'luinu!luum �/ 4 Li. ■NNN .::N:i.•r.■•■•■e■■•■N.N •.■ n•N ■OW ■n■ nnNN n■ n■N••P UI a 2 = IiiIIIIlUlNtnlfatainnunnnl 11 innnf IIIA nu usedung ma I. 'W a 0 ■i ■■ IIIpIpII�•N■4°ulaiMNIII■Iii. i'.■Ii1N hIIN 71:11111111111111:::nl W to •.. .iiii 1 uu !NlleNllllf`:�f! Nn■■gp n•N■nnq■N■ ■• ■■■n ■ .. .■•. h1q■.■ ■• •.nN■ 1 2 ■N:.I•UNNr •■•■.a! ■ ■ ■•I•P• ••■ ■H■N.I■ P• I••• •■■ ■NN IN .•■ 4 a w g ih nueul.11`ipein:•• .ease=.' nen. more ! •.4 MODUu 1 = o .NP•NE I •■■ •. ■ X71 N •■ • ■ ■ ■.■ .. .••■.HN■■.■ IN ■ N .. •■r�''a. ■ ■ ■ N ■ u a a W , i"iu n•n'mN�"'!na 'i•ie� p"�' l'1 pu ! n!i! "r'a t �.•� IY a x■ N■■n••Li■H7■'■Tiis' •■N■N■■■■�Np11iiGG. NP•; ■N �.a ■ ■iii. Nc'; i'Nn N _ . ....;• :N •f . NN.ii■pifp■■■•.N il■q.I. g M .N. iri N.i■■•�.{i■N■�■ V O �_ O N•■..a■■•■H■.NN NN.gpNN■ ■■■//NTH U■.U• .wi�:■■■■■•UU■ — 1 O W ■gUNNiq■.■N■■■ q■■■ N•.■H■■N■ ■ I? ■■■■■U .:::::■.0 ■N■•.■■■.:.. Vmissmassisoma N U .a. m M O • uln' m'ueiuu • '�nom ;�'on, M iI um1 11 ti ■■•r.■.. r■■n. ■■■N irk ■'. .. aa.■• ■Nn r .q P•■. ■■I • IIN Op 1 e P ■ r • rnN ■ .■■ dr Z N 1e unl UuuIII! ■� !R'W •° � I 0 O g N a•9a' :.:ul'• P•'I. ■ ..rA r::41' moron.. • 1 Z Z d D aril' I . ■. ■.' S. o' 1 11illl 0 W N Q 2 • .nP•P•..'NN. •a:'UUGl iI-. .. %%',!i "" & ■.: '�.•■.P'. ' 0 Im. Y.a .■ ■;.■ ■UllaU.S...,, ■ 'i ■•'..■ ■ n N gym} N x n! ,maul! s al au '' ' r1 :.a ■� ' •Iq■.■■■...uill m V Q Na.■H\ y•P•.,.N\ .'.UI ,Ji■ N. Nr. ■a C+UPPs./ z • 0 'u;H1' IIml111 II uI I r 1.N■N.•• ■..11 II esnagm issagral, 111!1 ue! r , %ir; .il iii'" ou ■•■•••pui N:•• AU .4111111111115 Id SWAMP, Mar BM�•a II■�N/■■..• ,i,: : . ..a,'. I�1'ra '. • '15..• O W \■.NrirpAppN■��Np■�■�■■H■.�.�\■■■.NN.-'M /■■•■�■\ •N ■ ■.I ■■.I.rq/q.H■'. \N. •l■■ /� ■■ .. i•h 'hrir-.•'■i■M.■■.•\NMriiun •'itz.W ■■'i ■ V.1 r.= q..=O Tli• ■ co .i •■ CPN. ■U/■■■W.■ .p` • �U.'�• t 1.■■n.r IN.■ag a .N ■ P•■■N HNr�NP�•.■Y■N■NNq ■■ NI • u •U ■ I I f. N•■. 'AMM////1•N•■r UP 'U•\Vf Aiq.I il ■%:.■■■•aa•■.•■■•■■•wUUmN ■NN.r■i ••• . IP. / ■■ ��N ,■N N r aU.■•■■■• lmN.1■■■•••Urna=■ 1■■•rP.ii;•'..•.u'■ ■rAMTA.C••C►'U'C I,a `I UP ■ l.r H 'US p z rP• P• P•■ .■ ■ .. ■ ■' ■. �q■■pN ■. ..N ■■■■. ■ ■ Irr .■'.f� I N■PW_ , N ■ z �,,�■■H■■M:'•YU■■\..N■.NH\NUnaa■H�v■UUN5 f. ■p UIUiii%.�♦U■••U? a '"P■■■■N.q : ;;iii.N■N N•.■ga•.\■■..■••N■•.■.•N1 +.1 ■■•■■ni• NNN// ,Pr N ■ ■ I■ C&.. • a O eunmumu e 1 IlmimlN {� .... '. � • ■■ NPSUl PPDr'�r�i ' r'i �,,IUNUir_=? ..al 0 .J.! ■N H■q.1nU•■. ' .= � as...AIWA! n rin n •• ■ N.•N■N N 1 1 I N I ■ ■1 A:■.INH■..N■■N..•/.Nn■■.■■I.■N....n '■� r•I IN■■' ■N ' n ••�r Ip gnaw• • Q ■■.N■\■■■.■.\■•a■r■■N.•.■ ■•■.rV AIM .■I. 1\..■\■N ��a��� ■N� ■ P�„.:17,,,, 2..: ■I.■ I■N■■N■■■■■.■■N O '^ ■ ■■..H NN ....■./,■■�■N■■.■r//ia•N' I a'; 11' •■I.v"I••U■■/r Igp■.■.a%ANI..■1aU qN NIII V • a;P•:l■r/■ :ae�N■■■N;;a�..N.S.■I ..M• N Ia lIl■ •alli ., I• I :.I 174.1'91 IPI■■r■■•.■ ■• ■■q w ilmmue nhI:: _:.. ._.::::N.■.■L =1 1 v11 •,rl■•:i: N 1 ■ . aai1 N■P•■N.p•:rUNNP■UU• ■n N■■■.■.N•■IPUpp�\t ■■■�■■■■rri r• E■.W,""'emir UU1..� ■ N .Nn•■ ■Nr■N■/rN•nNI■ a. Nn f.I \o -■-rI"'W waiTin N■I/.il■...l•„•.■•a■ H • � •rq■r.::..rN■/.■q/■ll•■■•■■N{{{{ff■�■...NNNNS PPP■U'.■_[.N■al■N.'�.•• ■..I.N NNII MTilly-jaw N.q.I■N■••a■N/N■■ ..N.■.■N ■•■ pimp.. ■�a:;Ml•'..;N■.. H■.Y �%.0 NII I■ ■ p ape A�H■■'M■• N I I. .■■ ■■ ■ ■ Na■■•..•N■■.N■. N■ ■ .o N r IF ■ i�/�,■n/.•��ISI qq■■ .■••/ .�•Nr. ■.• N■ . ■.N.gN.■::::::U■•NM■..r1�• '�\�■N�:1 � wi.■N■■Mp'i ./i e.■Np.ai:■.N f:• .� ■ ■...„:N ■ •■ ■.UU ' ■ N N ■-.N■IrN../U'. / r' U■ I�. ■■•■N•■■NNN•.NN ;m••' =i. = P,IUL • Nr u q' U--''-_ -P' "AFAR1 11111:1. ■;m 0 I 1••ri■■■SE.`ir'e...PPUaaPU•w.�IAi■••• .oa•■�...Pan• �nPU Uii.f.rwUF.:in:aiir:Piia:al:!':Ye.aiaaUS O ... .... p ■N! �/� •■\■\N■•\\■\■■ ■■r■■HN■.■■,III•a. elemonU'.■�%/inn /N/aa rlia■■i•r. 5+m�•��■�U■N�1■N' o ;:■N■.i .H.... •■H■.■■'I..■•■■.•s ,.. . ,'.N.',1111111 • nLN■ii'■!te .0 IJ ..■■rr�■■, ..//■■•n N .. 1- ■■N.N• ■ :• .�aN.■.NI, p �.INI".Su'. NNN �I.■a•.N'IHaIl■■■■n.nP••n■■■ M as ..•N.pa•' •r Pa■.U.%' P■N„■ a■.PPU■U..U.U■.■.I■N�■'..=Ia�Isf,•P••'IP• 1...•P. 0•''Or:Pra;I5■�a.\P•V'a..■■T: i..■.•PP%.., .■■I••:M■■ :.,o Y;/%8: .•:::lo n■Ur■PPPP a■ I n. ••n -....■\�■.... A 'N INUP.N'.M Y■••�N. A.■N'f..NNuM UM/N .■■' ■\.N• ..■■.■■■■.\\a■■:■■n. :;la t ..■r.M•Nr■■II I■H■N■RNIrd'' • I 5g..IZONpar A•� • ■ ■a ■ .. p ■ 5?APP.•%AIauUUP SllN■■■■�■■U�hl.•'%U..■•�PN■jr/�■■.■■■Nr■N■%�rl. •� AM■.N�•�� i■■•a r■■.N ■ ■■.OJ lOOOS=._,/C-:.YU P•rgir Ji.UN••N1'..1N�W..:11'°•■•JU■u:PP■.lellni II•■USN.■:•■a•gaa.:a:;anal•PPI O EKG _ 1 I O. a: N.r - --;; MI..PUV:M• l: u:• aa■ IN " Jt_ I .N.■N• Cki I ■ ■n■UP•` ;rH \Ir .. d■. Nr•'■.NN■.■■••q.■NN.•NU..■.■■ S ='IILIIIIC' In '•eaaI IIU�i ■ ■rP•.. . ■"M . . ■ . is III:I■NHP•■N■ ■ vp•■SI= • •\ ■ /■•q■NIa•■ ■Y • ■ NI ■n ■N■I■ ■N■• .i•■ IunnmalPldnr= ■-.a : NNPr ,../. _avmuulraumnnmuluRl"i _ ,I ; oaN. riS ► ii..•■■ `y ; UaN■► .•N • ■ • • N• ■rN•N.•nN■I :P•■■NN IN ,i.N : ,-.. ■ ;; Hp Ng■y•SM■: Y\N .•%I ■.�NN■NP•.Na ' au' �1.. P• •IIUP: . •• J� AP••.r.N..a ■• aaaMP• N "'" r . :N�PY� Ift�7g INNIN■'INCI;M:• • rUP• /ANNp ■Nw ■.N■.WJN. ■ . NNN■NN• r■■.NP; ■.U ■ . ■■NI . N 0 1333 NI GV3H 1V101 I _ 12 Liquid Filled Gauges • �. Under adverse environmental conditions,corrosive ele- /` ments can attack gauge internals and shorten gauge service life.Severely vibrating and pulsating machinery 75 30 35 ' and other equipment on which gauges are installed may 20 " 0 , cause rapid wear in the gear teeth or bearings of a 15 45 gauge movement. Liquid filling a gauge prevents corrosive effects caused 10 50 by adverse environments.Constant lubrication is pro- 5 S5 vided by complete immersion of the gauge movement Psis 60 in the filling liquid,protecting the movement from vapors,dust,and corrosive elements.Liquid filling also minimizes wear on all moving gauge parts.The liquid, usually glycerine or silicone,acts as a dampening agent for the sensing element and movement,and pointer flutter is reduced to a level which allows easy reading. Gauge service life,therefore,is extended even under 1279 severe atmospheric pulsating or vibrating service conditions. 4" 0 S0 6� Liquid filled gauges are especially suited to applications on pumps,compressors,and hydraulic equipment, 30 0 whether in offshore installations,chemical plants,pul- 20 80 verized fuel plants,pulp and paper mills,or utilities. Ashcroft liquid filled gauges are available in ranges from 10 90 vacuum to 20,000 psi;in dial sizes up to 6";in aluminum, 100 stainless steel and phenolic cases;with lower or back cti Gonne ns.o v ` / The 41/2"Type 1279 phenolic case and 41/2"and 6"Type OpSMCFOM 1014 • 1379 aluminum case gauges are available in a solid front construction.They have a rear elastomeric diaphragm, which acts as a pressure relief back,compensating for ' ;,° - 1379 internal case pressure changes caused by changes in p !'r"ii • ambient temperature.Open front case Type 1009 has a fill .y-:: e0 i u 120 pressure relief plug which relieves internal case pressure • in the event a slow leak develops in the pressure element. X60 All sizes are offered for stem,surface,or flush mounting. 160 1 The advantages of liquid filling complement those of -40 j the sensing element and movement,proven in years of (80 - Ashcroft gauge service.Bourdon tubes are designed, X20 manufactured,and tested for extreme cycle life,calibra- 200 tion stability,and corrosion resistance.Movements are r (1 designed and materials selected to provide minimal i _ .. pt . friction and long wear life. These features—plus a selection of Bourdon tube sys- - • tem materials—assure that an Ashcroft liquid filled `_, , gauge line will provide outstanding gauge value and 41/2"-1009 service in filled gauge applications. For additional information refer to Bulletin LF-1 2i -' 0 40 : 15 45 • r 10 a 50 j 5 PsIG 55 0 MI 316 TUBE , 0 lb I SOCKET .;z kir 31/s"-1009 • Liquid Filled Gauges liti Type 1009 Type 1379 Dial Sizes 21/2"and 31/2" Dial Size 4W' &6" Case Stainless Steel Case Aluminum,Black,Solid Front Ring Stainless Steel, Bayonet Type Rings Glass Filled Polypropylene,Threaded Connection 1/4"NPT Lower or Back Connection 'h" NPT Lower or Back Mounting Stem,Surface,or Flush Mounting Stem,Surface,or Flush Window Polycarbonate Window Acrylic Plastic Dial Brushed Aluminum Dial White Aluminum Pointer Friction Adjustable Pointer.. Micrometer Adjustable,Black Aluminum Bourdon Tube Bronze,Stainless Steel Bourdon Tube Bronze,Steel,Stainless 1 Movement Stainless Steel Steel,Monel. Accuracy ANSI B40.1 Grade 1A(1%) Movement Stainless Steel Gasket Neoprene Accuracy ANSI B40.1 Grade 2A(0.5%) Filler Plug Viton "0"Ring(Window and Socket) Buna-N Sealant RTV Rear Elastometric Diaphragm Buna-N Ranges Vacuum to 15,000 psi Ranges Vacuum to 20,000 psi .- Type Type 1009 Dial Size ` " " 41" &6" Case Size Stainless Steel - Ring Stainless Steel, Bayonet Type • Connection 1/2"NPT Lower or Back Mounting Stem, Surface, or Flush Window Polycarbonate 45 Dial Brushed Aluminum All gauges are temperature compensated. The Pointer . Adjustable, Black Aluminum Types 1279 and 1379 utilize a flexible,elastomeric Bourdon Tube Bronze, Steel, Stainless back and the Type 1009 a thin,flexible, plastic win- Steel, Monel dow. The action of each is to minimize the error Movement Stainless Steel with Bronze created by changes in ambient temperature. Pinion&Segment Shaft Accuracy ANSI B40.1 Grade 1A(1%) Gasket Neoprene Filler Plug Viton Sealant RTV Ranges Vacuum to 20,000 psi 'type 1279 Dial Size 41" Case Phenolic Turret,Black,Solid Front ' Ring Glass Filled Polypropylene,Threaded Connection '/z"NPT Lower or Back Mounting Stem,Surface,or Flush Window Acrylic Plastic Dial White Aluminum Pointer . . Micrometer Adjustable, Black Aluminum Bourdon Tube Bronze,Steel, Stainless Steel,Monel 0 Movement Stainless Steel 10 Accuracy Grade 2A(0.5%) "0"Ring(Window and ANSI Socket)840.1 Buna-N Rear Elastometric Diaphragm Buna-N Ranges Vacuum to 20,000 psi NOTE:Throttle screws are supplied as standard on all liquid filled gauges. 14 Liquid Filled Gauges I • To Order A Gauge: 41/2" 1279 S SL Glycerine 0/1000 Stem/Lower '/s" Select: 1.Dial Size—Table A 2.Case Type:include suffix L:1009(*)L,1279(*)SL, Table A 3.Bourdon Tube System—Table B 4.Liquid Fill—Table C I 5.Pressure Range—Table D 6.Mounting Accessory or Variation(if required) I Table A I 7.Connection : I Location—Table A Size—Table B —CASE SELECTION TABLEA _ Case Dial Style I Type Size Case: Case: Finishai Ring: Material Mounting and Connection I Number (Inches) Style Finish I 1279(')SL 41/2 Solid Front Phenolic Threaded Stem—Lower or Back I Black (Reinforced) Surface—Lower or Back I I Polypropylene Black Flush—Back:Order 1278 M Ring I 1379(')SL 41/2,6 Solid Front Aluminum Threaded Stem—Lower or Back Black (Reinforced) Surface—Lower or Back Polypropylene Black Flush—Back—Order 1278 M ring (See page 60) 1009(')L 21/2,3'/e Open Front Stainless Steel Bayonet Lock Stem—Lower or Back 41/2,&6 Polished Stainless Steel Surface—Lower Polished Wall Mounting Bracket:Specify XBF Black Flange(21/2'&31/2"):Specify XFW Surface—Back k,` Back Flange(21/2"&31/2"):Specify XFW Flush—Back ill Front Flange:Specify XFF.(not 6") U-Clamp:Specify XUC 4 (')Bourdon tube ordering code from Table B. NOTE:IF 63 or 100mm size.gauges are required see Type 1008 Gauges. TABLE B—BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION Table C—Recommended Bourdon Tube Ambient Temperature and Tip Material Range Operating Range Limits Ordering (all Joints TIG Socket Tube Selection NPT Code welded except"A") Material Type Limits(psi) Connection"' Glycerinefilled ons -18/65 A Grade A Phosphor Bronze Brass Drawn 12/1000 Silicone oil filled -50/150 -45/65 11Wr---- Tube—Brass Tip,Silver Brazed C-Tube Halocarbon filled-70/150 -57/85 B AISI 4130 alloy steel AISI 1019 steel'Z' Drawn 15/1500 Glycerineused in or silicone should not be n epplicadons involving strong C-Tube ' oxidizing agents such as Oxygen. Chlorine,Nitric Acid.or Hydrogen Drawn 2000/5000 Peroxide,because of danger of Helical spontaneous chemical reaction, ignition or explosion:—Haloearbon ' R AISI 316 stainless steel AISI 1019 steel Drawn 15/1500 should be specified. C-Tube _ i Drawn 2000/20,000 Helical S AISI 316 stainless steel AISI 316 stainless stee Drawn 12/1500 IC-Tube r� In applications of 4,N.end 8"stem I mounted liquid tilted gauges where I tar Drawn 2000/20,000 vibration is extremely severe(over SW5 g's):'VNPT connections should be I Helical used to prevent possibility of P K Monel Monel 400 Drawn 15/1500 failure of socket or associated piping caused by vibrating weight C-Tube 1/2 of a liquid filled gauge. Drawn 2000/20,000 Helical I (1)Optional connections available:'A NPT where'/i NPT is standard. 2'k"&3W'Type 1009—'A NPT only. (2)Socket for 21/2"Type 1009 is brass.Socket tube is silver brazed. 1 40 For additional information refer to Bulletin LF-1. "' (3)21/2&311009 SW only. 1 av Liquid Filled Gauges 15 Table D compound and combination 1 Standard Rangesfigure minor range interval graduation pressure(psi) inches feet inches feet inches feet figure minor psi mercury water psi mercury water psi mercury water range Interval graduation 15 30 - 3 5 - 0.5 1 - - 30 30 - 5 10 - 0.5 1 - 60 30 - 10 10 - 1 1 0/15 1 0.2 100 30 10 10 1 1 0/30 5 0.5 150 30 - 20 10 - 2 5- • 0/60 5 1 300 - 1 30- -34 25 3033 - 5 0.5 - 1 30 - 70 5 - 10 1 - ] 0/100 10 80 - 140 5 -• 20 1 - z , 1011+0/160 20 100 - 230 10 - 20 1 - 5 160 - 370 20 - 50 2 - 5 0/200 20 2 P00 - 460 20 - 50 5 - 5 0/300 50 5 300 - 690 25 - 50 5 - 10 0/400 50 5 1 0/600 50 10 retard 0/800"' 100 10 (inchles)s) range 0/1000100 10 0/10 psi retard to 30 psi 30"Hg Vac/75 psi retard to 150 psi 0/1500 200 20 4+/2 0/20 psi retard to 60 psi 10"Hg Vac/5 psi retard to 30"Hg 0/2000 200 20 0/40 psi retard to 100 psi Vac and to 30 psi • 0/3000 500 50 0/5000 500 50 vacuum 1 It 0/10,000 1000 100 figure minor Accuracy(ANSI B40.1)- range Interval graduation 0/20,000121 2000 200 Type 1279 Grade 2A-(0.5%) Type 1009 Grade 1A-(1%) 30-0 5 0.5 Iinches inches inch (1) Not available in 2'/"and 31/2"Type 1009A. Mercury (2) 41/2"size only. Standard Metric Ranges RANGE DIAL GRADUATIONS RANGE DIAL GRADUATIONS Outer scale kg/cm2 when dual (Kilograms per figure minor kPa figure minor range specified sq.cm.) bar interval graduation (kilopascal) interval graduation psi pressure 0/1 0/1 0.1 0.01 0/100 10 1 0/14 0/1.6 0/1.6 0.2 0.02 0/160 20 2 0/22 0/2.5 0/2.5 0.5 0.05 0/250 50 5 0/35 0/4 0/4 0.5 0.05 0/400 50 5 0/55 0/6 0/6 0.5 0.1 0/600 50 10 0/85 0/10 0/10 1 0.1 0/1000 100 10 0/140 0/16 0/16 2 0.2 0/1600 200 20 0/220 0/25 0/25 5 0.5 0/2500 500 50 0/350 0/40 0/40 5 0.5 0/4000 500 1 50 0/550 0/60 0/60 5 1 0/6000 100000 100 0/1400 100 0/850 0/100 0/100 10 1 0/10000 200 0/2400 0/160 0/160 20 2 0/16 000 2000 0/250 0/250 50 5 0/25000 5000 500 0/3500 0/400 0/400 50 5 0/40000 5000 500 0/5500 0/600 0/600 50 10 0/60000 5000 1000 0/8500 0/1000 0/1000 100 10 - 0/100000 10 000 1000 0/14,000 vacuum . -1/0 -1/0 0.1 0.01 -100/0 10 1 30"Hg/o III -1/0/1.5 co compound -1/0/1.5 0.5 0.05 -100/0/150 50 5 30"Hg/0/20 -1/0/3 -1/0/3 0.5 0.05 -100/0/300 50 5 30"Hg/0/40 II) -1/0/5 -1/0/5 0.5 0.1 -100/0/500 50 10 30"Hg/0/70 -1/0/9 -1/0/9 1 0.1 -100/0/900 100 10 30 Hg/0/125 -100/0/1500 200 20 30"Hg/0/215 -100/0/2400 500 20 30"Hg/0/340 r I . 1 t . , 1 . �lYMSO� ! ' SMITH & LOVELESS ENGINEERING STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS ' TITLE 1L119 ,+ 1 DIAPI-1RAM GAUGE - LOW PRESSURE, INCHES OF WATER SCALE, SHEET l OF 1 1 1 4" BOTTOM CONNECTION DATA PROCESSING DESCRIPTION GAUGE, IN OF WATER 'UNIT OF MEAS.LEA DRAWW STEEL CASE. . ,LK. ENAMEL FI )IS 4 g 2 30 DIAL READwAS PER CHART 40 c ` , W I� • ; / 20 10 NOM. DIAL SIZE (REF. c''' D \` INCHES .v 1 w ►4.8R SR S5 BOTTOM �' Cow NQCT1oN- I/4u N.R'T. O ./ 4110 zW a W bl W W 0. DIAL READINGS - INCITES OF WATER S&L • PART DIAL TOTAL FIGURE SMALLEST NO. SIZE RANGE INTERVALS SUB DIVISION ,1 1L119B i 1/2" 0" - 60" 10 1 M2 1L119C 2 1/2" 0" - 100" 10 m 1L119 3 1/2" O" - 100" 10 _ 2 4 a r a a NOTES* 1. Manufeotured- by Marsh#W0272. - . • • - F (specify dial size, inohes of water dial readings and 1/4" male pipe thread bottom connection) H M ill a,' . . • . m a I W a 0 AND,CURRANT. MON11' LA :- OR ,_,LAYS ` ,,, :`�' 813S .,..,. . _j i!. —� �\ €� R3, ya tdst d" § {,fi' { / '_ t Y 1 „,L'„T - '-• ` . +., line Voltage Monitor' t.).,� 4 1'. _ ” c 4 Y w_ —�.. Catalog No,8 f 3,5-VOA') ',, , d•;r, ,- ,, t I `,i, i :w, - • 1 s x -----___ s. -. 1, fir, 1p �t' ' - %. .,,,it, i1W ” I ' iA � IL r,.-1.,.4.-,,..r`- ,' I '..".l i�'.e r i �'CT ,ir 1 t` ` 'r m t. 4,-- £1f- 1 ` I 1 ,, 4 y w� ,'�, c '— .1a c1' Q r "a lk4:. 4,,.0i, v;+i, e` e tear � �. y v, I ., Y .,:( , M t..`rF 1iN;l'.41 °is ti,t 1'3 Catalog No B13S COWEM �. aES,..�t 4t 4,Fi „i•,:,..,,„,;,,„_, , t %c 1 .--, r” :c • '9 fr I 2i, '1',14••li4 DESCRIPTION — The Line Voltage •Connects directly to 3 phase lines, •Provides running protection on line and • Monitor and Line Current Monitor are sol- 600V maximum. Can be used with po- , load side of point of connection when i id state devices designed for use in three tential transformers where line voltage used in single motor branch circuit. phase systems to protect motors and exceeds 600V. •Inputs connect to standard current other loads against abnormal volt- •Lexan dust cover offers environmental transformers 5A age/current conditions. In general, the ( secondary), supplied Line Voltage Monitor is applied where protection for output contacts rated , by user. pre-start protection and line side protec- 600V AC maximum. •Hermetically-sealed with epoxy resin tion are important,whereas the Line Cur- •Automatic reset. N.O./N.C. Form C output contact, rat- rent Monitor is applied where line anded 250V AC maximum. t load side protection is important. A basic •LED indicates normal voltage condi- 1 comparison of the devices follows. tions and energized output relay CR. •Choice of manual or automatic reset. Line Voltage Monitor— • UL Listed and CSA Certification •LED indicates supply voltage is pre- e Pending. sent.Manual reset device also has LED % •Detects Phase Failure, Voltage Unbal- to indicate normal current conditions .'"' 1 J Line Current Monitor--- once, Phase Reversal, and and energized output relay CR. ..,;�. Undervoltage. •Detects Phase Failure, Current Unbal- ,. •UL listed and CSA Certified. once, and Phase Reversal. ✓ +„� , ,�` •Provides pre-start and running protec- .2'4,'< tion on the line side of the point of gnnection. FR ICES — Line Voltage Monitor Relays•Automatic Reset Line Current Monitor Relays Prices Do Not Include Current Transformersli • NEMA Type 1 Supply NEMA Type 1 Open Type Relay Volts Open Type Relay Line General Purpose Enclosure © General Purpose Enclosure Volts Reset i 3 Phase Hz Catalo n Catalog} Single r Catalog , i Price Catalog's a Price g a Price } Price Phase i Number fg-i., j,,Number ` 60 Hz � Number r= Number , 12011 60 813S-VOWE ' 3300 1.,813S-VAWE �:,t $340 120 a 813S-COWEM . $425 `813S-CAWEM $465 208 60 a . VOH r 300 .t.'",,,'.,,,4,VAH r: 340 208 ,11),' COHM I t7. 425 �r#u 14,;CAHM , 465 240 60 VOA+1 i'; 300 +», VAA „4; 340 240 Manual ,.,. 'CORM' �' 425 l's+3,1;CAAM 1 465 480 60 �t'�VOB i s 310 ''.:14'1/"&""VAB #k„,, 350 480 � • i,COBM 1 435 1 )CABM 475 600 60 • •VOC r_.l, 320 t.0t�=VAC ..?'3 360 600 ,?+„ t COCM,-1 !' 445 ” . "'CACM 485 ' 380 50 813S-VON • 1,, 310 . 813S-VAN 'r 350 120 ''813S-COWEA I:;• 400 813S-CAWEA , 440 415 50 vol 310 , VAI t""`' 350 208 ; 1; COHA {, 400 i).i, CAHA . 440 440 50 VOQ /: 310 F.', VAQ I'Y.' 350 240 Automatic " ,t+S COAA P 400 "CAAA 440 a 480 °X .COBA`� ,, 410 ' `':CABA 450 " 1-,i'' i,1",' 600 1"` ''H COCA 420 I,;. - ' CACA 460 ID The 120V device is typically connected to the secondary of potential transformers to monitor line voltages above 600V. El For applications using Allen-Bradley Size 5 and larger starters,the current transformers supplied with the starter for the heater element circuits can also be used for the Line Current Monitor input circuits. El Output contact is rated 250V AC max.for all devices,regardless of supply voltage. • • II .4 6 • •' ''r' (" 41.:�" i4, t i rt 'P,4 4 0,R 'S, {,ligy''%.k AF4;1;1, - kiF''A Ignl . ,,.,J, `� f I 1. Miscount Schedule Al c `' FALLEN=BR DLE ,C : "` . .,t , .,I. , x'473 �� - 61,:�* , . . 110-,',,,'„ , ND :CURRENT MONITOR „RELAYS >>} , i :.�� ,, � tom' .,nr,... e' ":4 A� 1 rW,,� L .}. :,N4, tri.. 1 SPECIFICATIONS -- TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS — LINE VOLTAGE MONITOR — ' See applicable codes and laws 0 Line Voltage — 120V, 208V, 240V, L1 L2 I3 _ -Control Voltage-- - ,. 480V, 600V, +10%, —20%; 3 Phase,60 �{ ' I I STOPSTART OL's (If Used) i Hz, +1%; 380V, +10%, — 20%, 3 - • Q `` Phase, 50 Hz, +1%; 415V, +10%, �{ { —20%, 3 Phase, 50 Hz, +1%; 440V, M . +10%, —20%, 3 Phase, 50 Hz, +1%. Alarm 1 Use device only at nameplate rating. (If Used) Temperature Range — —20°C to M_ _ ` C 1 2 60°C. • El CR - Output Contact Ratings --- (-CT T1 L1 Volts Volts Make/ E2 4 Make Break Ac DC Break ECTi T2 Supply Voltage 170-600 4800VA 480VA E3 L2 48-170 28.2A 480VA 1-28 IDA -CT T3 S 1-48 28.2A 10A -i Continuous Carrying Current 10 AmperesLine Current S LOAD Monitor i. LINE CURRENT MONITOR Supply Voltage — 120V, 208V, 240V, Line Current Monitor — Protects on line and load side of current transformers (CT) 480V, 600V, +10%, —20%. Single when used in single motor branch circuit. Current unbalance protection is effective Phase, 60 Hz. Use only at voltage listed during motor running period only. Phase failure and reversal protection is provided on relay nameplate. Power requirement is during both starting and running periods. u W 4.4VA. L1 L2 L3 L . f Input Current—3 Phase, 60 Hz, +1%. I I I Disconnect �: »5 r 1 Normal operating range is 0-5 Amp.; —/--/—/ Switch . r, Maximum continuous current, 10 Amp.; ` N Maximum inrush current, 35 Amp. for 5 ;` ) 1-,1 seconds. Input impedance is 0.005 ohm 19 H i for each phase. `>' 0 .i � Temperature Range — —20°C to `- t�.' 60°C. Output Contact Maximum Ratings — ~! I Line Voltage . ) Volts Volts Make/ M O o o Monitor r' } Make Break /l AC DC Break A B C O.L.'s 125-250 2200VA 220VA 1 { 3 CR 4 START (If Used) 1-125 17.6A 1.76A 1-30 3A �"T STOP I y Continuous Carrying Current:5 Amp.AC or DC I © Control —I _pLp♦p • I LOAD �� I`"'1, I± M Votrge I Line Voltage Monitor—Provides pre-start and running protection against abnormal voltage conditions on line side of voltage monitor only. ' 1 APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters E! (16) 613/1•" 517/2i 3/fe" 61/fe" 43/e" €i L�(173)� �(140)1 Tril (4+8)(154) {4-: i 1 (111) I .4. , I; i 81/,.. pi 105/5., 31/e„ r 31/2.. , 1 (210) (270) (79.5) (89) fi + 25/72" _ _ 41/2"—' 4 Mounting Slots I \ 3/32"(5.5) (20) tk (114) Use#8-32 Screws (60.60.5) 23/s" (60.5) Dia.Mounting Holes „ NEMA Type.1 Enclosure Open Type Relay. ' ) Can be mounted in any position. • Open Type — Dimensions above apply to both the voltage and current monitor versions. The devices can be mounted in any position. They can be mounted directly on a panel, or installed on Bulletin 700 Type MP or Type M mounting strips. The relay will occupy three mounting strip spaces. 474 ALLEN-BRADLEY CO. r s r ��?•' ii ;47 /. I‘„• . - 1,. : ..: 7)•'-.-'• I. .:'�.'. - a`r'il[, `- 1 'r• - 1 z••-1-%:1:•0-,,. ` / �' w `' '1 ,R pP / -- t ,.....C-1(lii: ..r..'7_4,,-;•,..At.,,‘,'",_,..-- F-11 •-• itir ...-, . . i. s,.....2 ' ' 1,4 .41..11.• , / 7-4`„,::-...A6,„,7%.,, j•� w i / �xtz � , 'r ? / E . r:' � ' t 'S' `� Rt . ..__ .,. T -. ._-4 4....-4-3IIy ...-... 4,1 _ Vi '+ -;..F.';,:.$ s Ay ' n i y :- xl 1,5 ; r _ ! r- . : \ p ar 0, .k♦ r S,19ria' '' • -. , , ‘• k '.• . .-."..4.,;,..., , `. „4„,,,,,,-,- . 44, .11, ' ..4:1,1.S•i-,rze.:,:.„,., .44. ,44 ...,,,..4.„, tr,-4.-...rz`. , .4-'.-7-'-...r--`--:.$ -:it'-: '---7-?,,f";74-i:- \is •'1,;,..4'.• .--.4-.-,,,- A r Ads:7'' / 3 is R[-ki' IS 'p� ,y '. -s. F i "sa + 77 •' . • • 1. • ?'..-., i• '• ax .J 2,,$ t� ""-ems .,4• _ rg n,' y l ?`2 -7_i,* r•'r,,:..:R: J a L4 : A N y 1 s'; I ' •..4 _ E.',1 Y ` • • 1. } V Ifi` .�. - • .- Y-44•:^".,k4.1':-','''''1_,L.1..% rl fix,, .• t. fT a 3 r� ..E �' \ek "r` t s'-`-'•'.- e St-i-' zrt•1. .J' 4 ,,,,:1%,.,--',-":':." .....-'yL t ►te;•{ a "4-',"'i-}$,- r si ! 't ,. +. ,+'' 'rF } ,,.i. 51 - ,.r.+ •41t......, ..:..• • * p` .•L �1Y l s � � A _� - _n,1a4 L fi - - ' ' '' '• ''''' 'r., -,. ...:-,.'.. :'. , . ,,,-.,, ,.. ..,, .„-,-..._:-..- ,f,... •••••-•):-•,-‘..•,- --- , e••• -4.- _..-:.,;• • •••••,,- _ ,,- . ,,,,„.-, , .. ..• .._. .• .. „,,,.,,..,..„,_,,,i_. :..,. .,_ •r. --....::.L.;-A...,--t•2--..- yam ) ''' 4 ' ( '. 1- hr.S ', L11',r'n, f, e i 4,., . ..._,.. ,. ',1..',44 ''. ' ., ''' : .A. ---.4.4,-.'. flitt • 'i} In, BY`""\.- 6' iqr f 1 .C.-. f 7e t• : a t' ,.'P v,iA t. s • cis .—: '��,,y ` • Mme. i TM I/ 2 WORLD LEADER IN FALL ARREST AND RESTRAINT EQUIPMENT ®Copyright 1984 DB Industries Inc. i' i ,. 0 The Lad-Saf® System:tem: FLEXIBLE CABLE : _ D B Industries offers a ladder safety . � climbing device for those who favor a flexible cable-type ladder safety ` 'fi \ K device. The LAD-SAF system has been . — :5 designed to meet the safety require - >t �} e . t ?i# ments.for fixed ladders. -� ;' Ref: OSHA 1910.27 '" K.. ' 1 RR-S-001301 (FAA) i `' x -` r -, l At t.' ANSI A14.3-1984 f 2 z.',j,. Y' ..4�.,4'".- -. : , { SLEEVE, BELT WITH CONNECTOR i R - __ f f' The heart of the LAD-SAF flexible Fs*0. :z ' cable system is a sleeve constructed y ., .l ,; i. from stainless steel which connects ' �` - J to a body belt by a specially '1 ,= � designed connector. The detachable i . 1.,> LS-38 features removeable pins, al- �` ,._- —` lowing the user to connect or dis- .' �" ` . ,1.. connect at any point. The design € _ allows the climber to ascend or �, -(10, --_,40t �,.� -R,�x1.�;, ass -- -:- � descend comfortably. Downward move- r, ove- 0 r ,�� `t 2y' � ` kms ' ment of the handle actuates the r F , "s-� !‘",Y1' locking mechanism. CAUTION: Chen muL-t have eecune booting on be attached -to anothen Iii_ \ etnuctune when connecting on di,A- � , connecting Ecom the aybtem. CABLE GUIDES FLEXIBLE CABLE, BRACKETS, CABLE GUIDES iii t ; \ Climber approach- The system comes complete with all / r• ing cable guide. necessary attaching hardware. It ii. ii •� consists of a 3/8" dia. hot-dipped galvanized steel cable, top and bottom brackets which secure the cable on the ladder , plus cable guides for approximate 25-foot intermediate spacing. Non-metallic _ , v Slight body cable guides reduce abrasive wear pressure releases or chafing of the cable. The top 1 cable from cable bracket incorporates an elastomeric 't guide. impact attenuator to allow the system to absorb the dynamic loads imposed -.41.. V': in the performance requirements. N. The above system is also available in • stainless steel . Form f7 t, r , . ., . .:, - , _ . . .. . ..,. IP The Lad-Saf® System: TOP MOUNTING OPTIONS For fixed ladders in manholes, hatches, or similar openings, D B Industries offers several top mounting options for its flexible cable system. TOP BRACKET GRAB BAR EXTENSION STANDARD TERMINATION EXTENDED WORKING MODEL DRAWING Permanent Pin for i 14 . . -, �� ,� Lanyard Attachment ' �K�-, W (8 tt.Lanyard) recommended) .. Elr_itr], . .,..„,* „.....,_ 4.1 , �, +fir l Security Chain ` „ for Detent Pin • t, 'Grab Bar In Extended Position j_ �� ••Grab Bar in Stored Position , , , "' d, Is ,.:- r FE Removable Detent Pin .,. a,. „t, ;G •� Top Bracket for P :::::r :bddb0r sLadder. ... The Flexible Cable System comes An optional galvanized grab bar ex- equipped with a standard 51-ft . tension provides the worker with a bracket for mounting either near convenient tie-off point before the top rung or extended approx - entering the manhole. The unit is 40 imately 4 feet beyond the top rung. easily stored when not in use. TELESCOPING EXTENSION WORKING MODEL DRAWING >1141. D B Industries' gal- �{ I , Z.1:- (: ,- ,/ • vanized climbing ex-�• 1 a,. - tension i s the most 1114 ted°° unique extension in the field. The to- 1adl. 1l ii 1 tally self-contained _ ��• ' i unit can easily be i,� j extended so that the ,�' �` user can connect to as the system before rc n. I I entering the work Lower area. When work is co... AeN7• I•-_1 completed, the unit t�. •s. _ is returned to its '. .. s' self-storing position. .r Il . . _ • — The extension comes • • i 1 complete with cable, maim Willett_ _ Y an adjustable bottom Willett weight and a cable ,,,,, `;11 v _- _ - guide. �•o Form CP #10 • 0 The Lad-Saf® System: FLEXIBLE CABLE • FIXED LADDER STANDARD UNIT WOOD POLE STEEL POLE ANGLE LEG TOWER LS•070 1► • STAND-OFF ASSY. ��-' TOP BRACKET ASS'Y. � • LS-212...41'.OI V�`Aa STAND-OFF : ..,/ 1/ FIELD WELD k I /I O , , • 3/8"DIA. CARRIER TO POLE �� LS-396 1x7 GALV. STD. LS•261 - ( ) TOP BRACKET ASS'Y. i • V LS.098 7x19 AIRCRAFT GALV. LS•244 LS-261 TOP BRACKET ASSY. TOP BRACKET ASS'Y. O LS 397 1x7 S.S. STAND-OFF ASSY. LS•403 LS-099 7x19 AIRCRAFT S.S. , STAND-OFF TLD WELD ��� t ‘ / `IIS TO POLE - / i�� 111 qt. LS 356 LS 379 14•\-It- ) . / CABLE GUIDE CABLE GUIDE ASS'Y. LS-379 CABLE GUIDE �� STAND-OFF ASS'Y. ': -i LS 330 of X1A c 1 CABLE MKASS'Y. ® /I k(`-'• �' STD.O.-199' LS•212 ► 4110 • INSTALLATION STAND OFF �� j1._.-----i",.., O FIELD WELD NIP ��.i � TO POLE 1 , ' - ' LS•105 L5-246 ' '�ill CABLE GUIDE ASS'Y. BOTTOM BRACKET BOTTOM �! ASSY. BRACKET ASSY. I STD.200'AND LS-262 i '; BOTTOM BRACKET ASSY. UP INSTALLATION 0 (OPTIONAL ON SHORTER LS•330 INSTALLATION) / CABLE GUIDE 11' I SLEEVES ' ASS'Y. II 0 LS-38 DETACHABLE ' \ (FOR STANDARD 3/8", 1x7 j STRAND AND OPTIONAL 3/8", 7 x 19 AIRCRAFT CABLE) 15.010 o CURVED TOP LS-090 BRACKET ASS'Y. BOTTOM BRACKET ASS'Y. 1 / iii •• •IJI lLS-82 /v , COUNTER iii:ATIC BOTTOM LS-822i BRSCYKET WEIGHT 6' BOTTOM ASSY. l'A /oIIBRACKET _ 'l ASS'Y. 411 <: -z- y. P. I . a: - �-`" STAI,LATION OF LAD-SAF TELESCOPING CLIMBING EXTtNSICV SYSTEM FOR RUNG-TYPE LADDER C _1 • Step 1. Mount climbing extension, as shown, 1 on ladder. Step 2. Roll out cable on ground. Do NOT 1110 I , ; pull cable out of coil. Insert upper 11 „ end of cable through hole in pipe ii and through shock absorber. Extension Step 3. Slide carrier clamp with machine bushing onto cable, V'T/41111ghld : II of cable to project Handle I i) carrier clamp. Step 4. Pull cable with carrier clamp down to firmly seat carrier clamp ow j in shock absorber. Pull shock AMM 6i„ absorber into pipe with cable guard projecting 3/4" through = ,�• hole in bottom of pipe. Step 5. In stall cap firmly on top of pipe. IIIStep 6. Install intermediate cable guides Topuat 25' spacing with cable openings ■ facing alternately to the right and Top l '. Conn. left. Guides to be offset from ladder Ass'y. I centerline to permit cable to be straight. Clip cable into inter- Lower 1 mediate supports. Step 7. Install bottom cable guide as shown Conn. A ai - 1 on the third rung (approx. 36" from Ass p. i ' 1 floor). _ Step 8. Install weight at bottom of cable. 4 •,' C - 2., Cap Ladde 11 ' r Bracket 1; I Machine I Bus _ , ( Nut 1----1- I Washer Carrier , Optional CSP ClampVilli Nii 111141hock I" � Sbsorber VII Shock 1i 1 1 IhiI,40 C1 bsorber 11 lk \1 igit + Eye �\ ilt -iikiiii , r.., Bol I!) t. arrier i 1111 OPTIONAL STANDARD i For ten with detachable dropline. • TI"r 1 Weight OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLIMBING EXTENSION 8e RunE Pull up extension. Rotate handle 90 degrees to engage latch hooks on ladder bracket. ------"" Check to be sure extension is locked before III climbing. For Operating Instruct,Qns for attachment and use of the LAD-SAF"' Safety Clamp, to Form No. LS38-10. LS-171:5/80